diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source/text/shared/guide')
119 files changed, 1878 insertions, 1918 deletions
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp index f5f4cb3cf4..3d408cc918 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp @@ -31,25 +31,25 @@ <bookmark_value>templates; new documents from templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>business cards; using templates</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156324" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="aaa_start"><link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp" name="First Steps">First Steps</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156324" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="aaa_start"><link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp" name="First Steps">First Steps</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156211" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="2">How to simplify your work using samples and templates</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3"> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156211" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">How to simplify your work using samples and templates</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US"> <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> includes many sample documents and ready-to-use templates. You can access these by choosing <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>, or press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+N.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">When you open one of the templates, a new document is created based on this template.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0820200803563860" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Get more templates online</emph> link in the dialog to select and download more templates.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0820200803563974" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can also use the various wizards (under the <emph>File - Wizards</emph> menu) to create your own templates, which you can use as a basis for further documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US">When you open one of the templates, a new document is created based on this template.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0820200803563860" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Get more templates online</emph> link in the dialog to select and download more templates.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0820200803563974" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the various wizards (under the <emph>File - Wizards</emph> menu) to create your own templates, which you can use as a basis for further documents.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6"><link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with %PRODUCTNAME">Working with <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Text Documents">Working with Text Documents</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with %PRODUCTNAME">Working with <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Text Documents">Working with Text Documents</link> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152997" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Spreadsheets">Working with Spreadsheets</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152997" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Spreadsheets">Working with Spreadsheets</link> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Presentations">Working with Presentations</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147243" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/simpress/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Presentations">Working with Presentations</link> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Drawings">Working with Drawings</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Drawings">Working with Drawings</link> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulas">Working with Formulas</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulas">Working with Formulas</link> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp index 886960d30a..7c9fc50224 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp @@ -26,29 +26,29 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150502"><bookmark_value>accessibility; %PRODUCTNAME features</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3150502" role="heading" level="1" oldref="7" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="accessibility"><link name="Accessibility in %PRODUCTNAME" href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp">Accessibility in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154894" l10n="U" oldref="6">The following accessibility features are part of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>:</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150502"><bookmark_value>accessibility; %PRODUCTNAME features</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph id="hd_id3150502" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="accessibility"><link name="Accessibility in %PRODUCTNAME" href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp">Accessibility in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154894">The following accessibility features are part of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="5">Support of <link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp" name="external devices and applications">external devices and applications</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US">Support of <link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp" name="external devices and applications">external devices and applications</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="4">Access to all functions by keyboard. The keys that replace the mouse actions are listed in the <link name="%PRODUCTNAME Help" href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Help</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US">Access to all functions by keyboard. The keys that replace the mouse actions are listed in the <link name="%PRODUCTNAME Help" href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Help</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149177" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="3">Improved readability of screen contents</paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">Improved readability of screen contents</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="8">Zooming of on-screen user interface for menus, icons, and documents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" oldref="12" l10n="U" role="listitem" id="par_id3145071">The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogs is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogs in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">Zooming of on-screen user interface for menus, icons, and documents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="listitem" id="par_id3145071">The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogs is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogs in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152349" l10n="U" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="2">Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp#assistive"/> - <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="9"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - View" href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</link></paragraph> - <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="10"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors" href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Application Colors</link></paragraph> - <paragraph l10n="U" role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" oldref="11"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility" href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Accessibility</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - View" href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors" href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Application Colors</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility" href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Accessibility</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp index f8e41d010f..b047530f30 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp @@ -36,22 +36,22 @@ <bookmark_value>tooltips;extended tips</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>activating;extended help tips</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156414" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="active_help_on_off"><link href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp" name="Turning Extended Tips On and Off">Turning Extended Tips On and Off</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156414" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="active_help_on_off"><link href="text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp" name="Turning Extended Tips On and Off">Turning Extended Tips On and Off</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Extended tips</emph> provide a brief description of the function of a particular icon, text box or menu command when you rest your cursor on that item.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155339" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="3">To turn Extended Tips on and off:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155339" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on and off:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>, and check <emph>Extended tips</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>, and check <emph>Extended tips</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="6">To turn Extended Tips on temporarily:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on temporarily:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Press the shortcut keys Shift+F1 to activate extended tips once.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time you click the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US">Press the shortcut keys Shift+F1 to activate extended tips once.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US">A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time you click the mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp index 0abef31e46..86e36d567b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp @@ -36,51 +36,51 @@ <bookmark_value>viewing;%PRODUCTNAME documents in Internet Explorer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;%PRODUCTNAME documents in Internet Explorer</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="activex"><link href="text/shared/guide/activex.xhp" name="ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer">ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="activex"><link href="text/shared/guide/activex.xhp" name="ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer">ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Under Windows only, you can view any $[officename] document in a window of the Microsoft Internet Explorer. Install the ActiveX control in the $[officename] Setup program.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Installing the ActiveX control</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US">Under Windows only, you can view any $[officename] document in a window of the Microsoft Internet Explorer. Install the ActiveX control in the $[officename] Setup program.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Installing the ActiveX control</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Close $[officename] and the Quickstarter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US">Close $[officename] and the Quickstarter.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar. Choose <emph>Control Panel</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar. Choose <emph>Control Panel</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106E8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Control Panel, click <emph>Add or Remove Programs</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106E8" xml-lang="en-US">In the Control Panel, click <emph>Add or Remove Programs</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the list, click %PRODUCTNAME, then click <emph>Change</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US">In the list, click %PRODUCTNAME, then click <emph>Change</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Installation Wizard, select <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US">In the Installation Wizard, select <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub menu of the icon and select to install the feature.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub menu of the icon and select to install the feature.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Click <emph>Next</emph> and <emph>Install</emph>. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Next</emph> and <emph>Install</emph>. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Viewing $[officename] documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Viewing $[officename] documents</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">In Internet Explorer, browse to a web page that contains a link to a $[officename] Writer document, for example.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US">In Internet Explorer, browse to a web page that contains a link to a $[officename] Writer document, for example.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click the link to view the document in the Internet Explorer window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154072" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US">Click the link to view the document in the Internet Explorer window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154072" xml-lang="en-US">You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Editing $[officename] documents</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154367" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">The $[officename] document inside the Internet Explorer shows a set of read-only toolbar icons.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing $[officename] documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154367" xml-lang="en-US">The $[officename] document inside the Internet Explorer shows a set of read-only toolbar icons.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click the <emph>Edit file</emph> icon in the document's toolbar to open a copy of the document in a new $[officename] window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Edit file</emph> icon in the document's toolbar to open a copy of the document in a new $[officename] window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Edit the copy of the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US">Edit the copy of the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp index 022d0c490f..8310f79261 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp @@ -35,28 +35,28 @@ <bookmark_value>screen magnifiers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>magnifiers</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="22"><variable id="assistive"><link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp" name="Assistive Tools in $[officename]">Assistive Tools in $[officename]</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="assistive"><link href="text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp" name="Assistive Tools in $[officename]">Assistive Tools in $[officename]</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">$[officename] supports some assistive technology tools like screen magnification software, screen readers, and on-screen keyboards.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id8847010" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility">http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153061" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="24">Supported Input Devices</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">$[officename] provides the ability to use alternative input devices for access to all functions of $[officename].</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] supports some assistive technology tools like screen magnification software, screen readers, and on-screen keyboards.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id8847010" xml-lang="en-US">A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility">http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153061" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Supported Input Devices</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] provides the ability to use alternative input devices for access to all functions of $[officename].</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149045" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Screen magnification software allow users with low vision to work in $[officename] with caret and focus tracking.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149045" xml-lang="en-US">Screen magnification software allow users with low vision to work in $[officename] with caret and focus tracking.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">On-screen keyboards enable users to perform almost all data input and commands with a mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US">On-screen keyboards enable users to perform almost all data input and commands with a mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Screen readers allow visually impaired users to access $[officename] with text-to-speech and Braille displays.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">Screen readers allow visually impaired users to access $[officename] with text-to-speech and Braille displays.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View">$[officename] - View</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155430" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors">$[officename] - Application Colors</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148617" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Accessibility">$[officename] - Accessibility</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View">$[officename] - View</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155430" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors">$[officename] - Application Colors</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148617" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Accessibility">$[officename] - Accessibility</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp index 95b110a673..6c0ff0d1e3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <bookmark_value>links;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="autocorr_url"><link href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp" name="Turning off Automatic URL Recognition">Turning off Automatic URL Recognition</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="autocorr_url"><link href="text/shared/guide/autocorr_url.xhp" name="Turning off Automatic URL Recognition">Turning off Automatic URL Recognition</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166410" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognize URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154306" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Undo URL Recognition</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166410" role="paragraph">When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="paragraph">If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognize URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154306" role="heading" level="2">Undo URL Recognition</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">When you are typing and notice that a text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="listitem">When you are typing and notice that a text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149235" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">If you do not notice this conversion until later, select the hyperlink, open the context menu and choose <emph>Remove Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149235" role="listitem">If you do not notice this conversion until later, select the hyperlink, open the context menu and choose <emph>Remove Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152350" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Turn off URL Recognition</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152350" role="heading" level="2">Turn off URL Recognition</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149514" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Load a document of the type for which you want to modify the URL recognition.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151246" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">If you want to modify the URL recognition for text documents, open a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149514" role="listitem">Load a document of the type for which you want to modify the URL recognition.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151246" role="listitem">If you want to modify the URL recognition for text documents, open a text document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159413" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148550" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148550" role="listitem">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153360" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">If you unmark <emph>URL Recognition</emph>, words will no longer be automatically replaced with hyperlinks.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156423" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">In $[officename] Writer there are two check boxes in front of <emph>URL Recognition</emph>. The box in the first column is for later post-editing and the box in the second column is for AutoCorrect as you type.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153360" role="listitem">If you unmark <emph>URL Recognition</emph>, words will no longer be automatically replaced with hyperlinks.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156423" role="listitem">In $[officename] Writer there are two check boxes in front of <emph>URL Recognition</emph>. The box in the first column is for later post-editing and the box in the second column is for AutoCorrect as you type.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp index cca433a93b..df3a81f45f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp @@ -39,31 +39,31 @@ <bookmark_value>showing;docked windows</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;docked windows</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="53" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145346" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="71"><variable id="autohide"><link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp" name="Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows">Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145346" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="autohide"><link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp" name="Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows">Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="52">Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="65">Docking and Undocking Windows</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">To dock a window, do one of the following:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Docking and Undocking Windows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">To dock a window, do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">Drag the window by its title bar to the side, or</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US">Drag the window by its title bar to the side, or</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="68">Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles and Formatting window, double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles and Formatting window, double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">These methods can also be used to undock a currently docked window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149796" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="70">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">These methods can also be used to undock a currently docked window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149796" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147303"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149045" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149045" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149655" src="res/helpimg/ein.png" width="0.1043inch" height="0.4272inch"><alt id="alt_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152921" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">Click the button on the edge of the docked window to show or hide the docked window. The AutoHide function allows you to temporarily show a hidden window by clicking on its edge. When you click in the document, the docked window hides again. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152921" xml-lang="en-US">Click the button on the edge of the docked window to show or hide the docked window. The AutoHide function allows you to temporarily show a hidden window by clicking on its edge. When you click in the document, the docked window hides again. </paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp index 5f23e67d3b..5bf305b764 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/background.xhp @@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ <bookmark_value>text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>MW deleted 6 entries and changed "pages;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)">Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)">Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153878" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153878" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149581" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select a background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154097" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="27">In spreadsheets this background appears only in the print behind the cells not formatted elsewhere.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149581" role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select a background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154097" role="note">In spreadsheets this background appears only in the print behind the cells not formatted elsewhere.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ </case> </switch> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp" name="Background tab page"><emph>Background</emph> tab page</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2711569" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Text</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8591570" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Spreadsheets</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp" name="Background tab page"><emph>Background</emph> tab page</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2711569" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8591570" role="paragraph"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp">Backgrounds in Spreadsheets</link></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp index f479e2c953..9a89584b71 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp @@ -40,48 +40,48 @@ <bookmark_value>defining;paragraph borders</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147571" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147571" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159233" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159233" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149398" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149398" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156326" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156326" role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153543" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149237" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149237" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148943" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148943" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148948" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148948" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152811" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152811" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150793" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150793" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the paragraph contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151178" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151178" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp index d55aebc7ec..424ca450c8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ <bookmark_value>defining;table borders</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155805" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="16"><variable id="border_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155805" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells">Defining Borders for Tables and Table Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147008" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="1">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147008" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click one of the predefined border styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156156" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">This <emph>adds</emph> the selected style to the current border style of the table cells. Select the blank border style at the top left of the <emph>Borders</emph> window to clear all border styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143270" role="listitem">Click one of the predefined border styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156156" role="listitem">This <emph>adds</emph> the selected style to the current border style of the table cells. Select the blank border style at the top left of the <emph>Borders</emph> window to clear all border styles.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153666" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153666" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147265" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph> (Writer) or <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph> (Calc).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159413" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159413" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31594132" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">If you select more than one row or column, you can change the middle lines between rows or columns. Select the middle markers in the <emph>User-defined</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31594132" role="listitem">If you select more than one row or column, you can change the middle lines between rows or columns. Select the middle markers in the <emph>User-defined</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153526" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153526" role="listitem">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp index 7692d90a13..e7dd4b9840 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp @@ -38,38 +38,38 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting;line breaks in cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;inserting line breaks</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="breaking_lines"><link href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp">Inserting Line Breaks in Cells</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="breaking_lines"><link href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp">Inserting Line Breaks in Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D9" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Calc spreadsheet cells</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D9" role="heading" level="2">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Calc spreadsheet cells</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To insert a line break in a spreadsheet cell, press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E0" role="paragraph">To insert a line break in a spreadsheet cell, press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter keys. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E3" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This will work only with the text edit cursor inside the cell, not at the input line. So first double-click the cell, then single-click at the text position where you want the line break.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E3" role="paragraph">This will work only with the text edit cursor inside the cell, not at the input line. So first double-click the cell, then single-click at the text position where you want the line break.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200914160968" role="note" l10n="NEW">You can search for a newline character in the Find & Replace dialog by searching for \n as a regular expression. You can use the text function CHAR(10) to insert a newline character into a text formula.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E6" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Formatting $[officename] Calc cells for automatic line wrapping</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200914160968" role="note">You can search for a newline character in the Find & Replace dialog by searching for \n as a regular expression. You can use the text function CHAR(10) to insert a newline character into a text formula.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E6" role="heading" level="2">Formatting $[officename] Calc cells for automatic line wrapping</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106ED" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cells for which you want an automatic line break.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106ED" role="paragraph">Select the cells for which you want an automatic line break.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F1" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F9" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Select <emph>Wrap text automatically</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F9" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Wrap text automatically</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10700" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Writer text document tables</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10700" role="heading" level="2">Inserting line breaks in $[officename] Writer text document tables</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10707" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To insert a line break in a text document table cell, press the Enter key.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10707" role="paragraph">To insert a line break in a text document table cell, press the Enter key.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An automatic line break will be performed while you type across the end of each cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="paragraph">An automatic line break will be performed while you type across the end of each cell.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Alignment</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Alignment</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp index 2fbf5f44a9..d5bfcf881f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp @@ -35,24 +35,24 @@ <bookmark_value>changing;document titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; changing titles</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156324" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="change_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp" name="Changing the Title of a Document">Changing the Title of a Document</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156324" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="change_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp" name="Changing the Title of a Document">Changing the Title of a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">You can specify a title for your document. Some file manager utilities can display the titles next to the filenames of your documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">How to change the title of the current document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify a title for your document. Some file manager utilities can display the titles next to the filenames of your documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">How to change the title of the current document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the <emph>Description</emph> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <emph>Description</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Type the new title in the <emph>Title</emph> box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">Type the new title in the <emph>Title</emph> box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8"><link href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp" name="Document Properties">Document Properties</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01100000.xhp" name="Document Properties">Document Properties</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp index 0f88aaf9fb..b6b6c48ebb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp @@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ <bookmark_value>editing; chart axes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; axes in charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_axis"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp" name="Editing Chart Axes">Editing Chart Axes</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="chart_axis"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp" name="Editing Chart Axes">Editing Chart Axes</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">To edit the axes of a chart that you have inserted:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the axes of a chart that you have inserted:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select from the available sections and make the required changes (for example, select the <emph>Scale</emph> tab if you want to modify the scale of the axis).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US">Select from the available sections and make the required changes (for example, select the <emph>Scale</emph> tab if you want to modify the scale of the axis).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object properties">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object properties">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp index 0dee76c05f..71122118fb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp @@ -37,22 +37,22 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting;textures on chart bars</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_barformat"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp" name="Adding Texture to Chart Bars">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="chart_barformat"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_barformat.xhp" name="Adding Texture to Chart Bars">Adding Texture to Chart Bars</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156136" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156136" role="paragraph">You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter edit mode by double-clicking on the chart.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem">Enter edit mode by double-clicking on the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149182" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Click on any bar of the bar series you want to edit. All bars of this series are now selected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id720847" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">If you want to edit only one bar, click again on that bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149182" role="listitem">Click on any bar of the bar series you want to edit. All bars of this series are now selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id720847" role="listitem">If you want to edit only one bar, click again on that bar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147275" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the context menu choose <emph>Object Properties</emph>. Then choose the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147275" role="listitem">In the context menu choose <emph>Object Properties</emph>. Then choose the <emph>Area</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="listitem">Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp index dc1fa444a2..3b2e07f106 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp @@ -37,58 +37,58 @@ <bookmark_value>charts; editing data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; chart data</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>moved many index entries to new schart/01 files</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153910" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="34"><variable id="chart_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Charts">Inserting Charts</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153910" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="chart_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Charts">Inserting Charts</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3139133" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Different methods exist to start a chart:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3139133" xml-lang="en-US">Different methods exist to start a chart:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6772972" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Insert a chart based on data from cells in Calc or Writer.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6049684" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">These charts update automatically when the source data changes.<comment>currently only in Calc. Writer: bug?</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6772972" xml-lang="en-US">Insert a chart based on data from cells in Calc or Writer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6049684" xml-lang="en-US">These charts update automatically when the source data changes.<comment>currently only in Calc. Writer: bug?</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2356944" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Data Table dialog to enter your own data for that chart.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id866115" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">These charts can be created in Writer, Impress and Draw. <comment>is this "not in Calc" a bug or a design philosophy thing?</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2356944" xml-lang="en-US">Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Data Table dialog to enter your own data for that chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id866115" xml-lang="en-US">These charts can be created in Writer, Impress and Draw. <comment>is this "not in Calc" a bug or a design philosophy thing?</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146763" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Copy a chart from Calc or Writer into another document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id701315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">These charts are snapshots of the data at the time of copying. They do not change when the source data changes.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146763" xml-lang="en-US">Copy a chart from Calc or Writer into another document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id701315" xml-lang="en-US">These charts are snapshots of the data at the time of copying. They do not change when the source data changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id4439832" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In Calc, a chart is an object on a sheet that can be copied and pasted on another sheet of the same document, the data series will stay linked to the range on the other sheet. If it is pasted on another Calc document, it has its own chart data table and is no more linked to the original range.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id719931" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Chart in a Calc spreadsheet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id4439832" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, a chart is an object on a sheet that can be copied and pasted on another sheet of the same document, the data series will stay linked to the range on the other sheet. If it is pasted on another Calc document, it has its own chart data table and is no more linked to the original range.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id719931" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart in a Calc spreadsheet</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7211218" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">Click the <emph>Insert Chart</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7549363" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7211218" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Insert Chart</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7549363" xml-lang="en-US">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9091769" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9091769" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3761406" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Chart in a Writer text document</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3761406" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart in a Writer text document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US">In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id428479" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click inside the Writer table. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id428479" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the Writer table. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id7236243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6171452" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.<comment>no live preview - is this a bug?</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id7236243" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6171452" xml-lang="en-US">You see a chart preview and the Chart Wizard.<comment>no live preview - is this a bug?</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6436658" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Chart based on values of its own</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6436658" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart based on values of its own</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id6944792" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">In Writer, Draw or Impress, choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph> to insert a chart based on default data.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id6944792" xml-lang="en-US">In Writer, Draw or Impress, choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph> to insert a chart based on default data.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="29">You can change the default data values by double-clicking on the chart and then choosing <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="View - Chart Data Table"><emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the default data values by double-clicking on the chart and then choosing <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="View - Chart Data Table"><emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp index 14efb523a1..7525761560 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp @@ -35,24 +35,24 @@ <bookmark_value>editing; chart legends</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; chart legends</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_legend"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp" name="Editing Chart Legends">Editing Chart Legends</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="chart_legend"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp" name="Editing Chart Legends">Editing Chart Legends</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">To edit a chart legend:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a chart legend:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147210" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose from the available tabs to make modifications, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147210" xml-lang="en-US">Choose from the available tabs to make modifications, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">To select the legend, first double-click on the chart (see step 1), then click on the legend. You can now move the legend within the chart using the mouse.</paragraph><comment>ufi: removed an absolete note</comment> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US">To select the legend, first double-click on the chart (see step 1), then click on the legend. You can now move the legend within the chart using the mouse.</paragraph><comment>ufi: removed an absolete note</comment> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154347" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object Properties">Format - Object Properties</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154347" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object Properties">Format - Object Properties</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp index 6db8b44571..60a90f9323 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp @@ -34,33 +34,33 @@ <bookmark_value>editing; chart titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>titles; editing in charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="chart_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp" name="Editing Chart Titles">Editing Chart Titles</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="chart_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp" name="Editing Chart Titles">Editing Chart Titles</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">To edit a chart title that you have inserted into a $[officename] document:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">To edit a chart title that you have inserted into a $[officename] document:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click on the chart.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Double-click on an existing title text. A gray border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id2706991" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> to enter the text in a dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click on an existing title text. A gray border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id2706991" xml-lang="en-US">If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> to enter the text in a dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">A single-click on the title allows you to move it with the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">A single-click on the title allows you to move it with the mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select one of the available tabs in the dialog to make modifications.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US">Select one of the available tabs in the dialog to make modifications.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>. In your document, click outside the chart to exit chart editing mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object properties">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/schart/01/05010000.xhp" name="Format - Object properties">Format - Object properties</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_legend.xhp#chart_legend"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp index ff06aed43d..7293d80948 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp @@ -32,25 +32,25 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152801"><bookmark_value>configuring; $[officename]</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>customizing; $[officename]</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="44"><variable id="configure_overview"><link href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp" name="Configuring $[officename]">Configuring $[officename]</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="configure_overview"><link href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp" name="Configuring $[officename]">Configuring $[officename]</link> </variable></paragraph> <section id="conftext"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">You are free to change the items on the menu bar. You can delete items, add new ones, copy items from one menu to another, rename them, and so on.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US">You are free to change the items on the menu bar. You can delete items, add new ones, copy items from one menu to another, rename them, and so on.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">The toolbars may be freely configured.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">The toolbars may be freely configured.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="48">You can change the shortcut keys.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the shortcut keys.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="49">To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US">To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </section> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45"><link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize">Tools - Customize</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize">Tools - Customize</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp index 1cc7feeff1..e072fee629 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <bookmark_value>opening; context menus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>activating;context menus</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="5"><variable id="contextmenu"><link href="text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp" name="Using Context Menus">Using Context Menus</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="contextmenu"><link href="text/shared/guide/contextmenu.xhp" name="Using Context Menus">Using Context Menus</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#context"/> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp index d1e463f530..022d08ba8b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp @@ -35,27 +35,27 @@ <bookmark_value>copying; draw objects between documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;draw objects from other documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="27"><variable id="copy_drawfunctions"><link href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp" name="Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents">Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="copy_drawfunctions"><link href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp" name="Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents">Copying Drawing Objects Into Other Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">In $[officename] it is possible to copy drawing objects between text, spreadsheets and presentation documents. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] it is possible to copy drawing objects between text, spreadsheets and presentation documents. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Select the drawing object or objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">Select the drawing object or objects.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Copy the drawing object to the clipboard, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">Copy the drawing object to the clipboard, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Switch to the other document and place the cursor where the drawing object is to be inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">Switch to the other document and place the cursor where the drawing object is to be inserted.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149234" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Insert the drawing object, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149234" xml-lang="en-US">Insert the drawing object, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="34">Inserting into a text document</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="35">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="36">Inserting into a spreadsheet</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current cell. You can change the anchor between cell and page by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting into a text document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting into a spreadsheet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current cell. You can change the anchor between cell and page by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon <image id="img_id3149456" src="cmd/sc_toggleanchortype.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp index 52bbe52151..8a036be8d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp @@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;copying data to other applications</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "tables;" and added "charts;" and "tables in spreadsheets;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="copytable2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp" name="Inserting Data From Spreadsheets">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="copytable2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp" name="Inserting Data From Spreadsheets">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To copy a cell range into a text document, select the cell range in the sheet and then use either the clipboard or drag-and-drop to insert the cells into the text document. You will then find an OLE object in the text document, which you can edit further.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">To copy a cell range into a text document, select the cell range in the sheet and then use either the clipboard or drag-and-drop to insert the cells into the text document. You will then find an OLE object in the text document, which you can edit further.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">If you drag cells to the normal view of a presentation document, the cells will be inserted there as an OLE object. If you drag cells into the outline view, each cell will form a line of the outline view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag cells to the normal view of a presentation document, the cells will be inserted there as an OLE object. If you drag cells into the outline view, each cell will form a line of the outline view.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">When you copy a cell range from $[officename] Calc to the clipboard, the drawing objects, OLE objects and charts within this range are also copied.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">When you copy a cell range from $[officename] Calc to the clipboard, the drawing objects, OLE objects and charts within this range are also copied.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">If you insert a cell range with an enclosed chart, the chart will keep its link to the source cell range only if you copied the chart and the source cell range together.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert a cell range with an enclosed chart, the chart will keep its link to the source cell range only if you copied the chart and the source cell range together.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp index 25d004f622..96f0c5794a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp @@ -39,44 +39,44 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting; and changed "drag and drop;""</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="copytext2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp" name="Inserting Data From Text Documents">Inserting Data From Text Documents</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="copytext2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp" name="Inserting Data From Text Documents">Inserting Data From Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a text frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a text frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">If you copy text to the clipboard, you can paste it with or without text attributes. Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V to paste.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">If you copy text to the clipboard, you can paste it with or without text attributes. Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V to paste.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3166460"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3143270" src="cmd/sc_paste.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">To select the format in which the clipboard contents will be pasted, click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard bar, or choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, then select the proper format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US">To select the format in which the clipboard contents will be pasted, click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard bar, or choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, then select the proper format.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">If a text document contains headings formatted with the Heading Paragraph Style, choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph>. A new presentation document is created, which contains the headings as an outline.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US">If a text document contains headings formatted with the Heading Paragraph Style, choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph>. A new presentation document is created, which contains the headings as an outline.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145316" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145316" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">If you drag text to the normal view of a presentation, an OLE object is inserted as a $[officename] plug-in.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag text to the normal view of a presentation, an OLE object is inserted as a $[officename] plug-in.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150793" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">If you drag the text to the outline view of a presentation, it will be inserted at the cursor location.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150793" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag the text to the outline view of a presentation, it will be inserted at the cursor location.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp index 86f9f234fa..099ce00efd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp @@ -38,38 +38,38 @@ <bookmark_value>Arabic;entering text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Thai;entering text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "text layout;" a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="13"><variable id="ctl"><link href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp" name="Languages Using Complex Text Layout">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ctl"><link href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp" name="Languages Using Complex Text Layout">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl" name="CTL languages">CTL languages</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start".</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">You can change the text writing direction directly be pressing one of the following keys:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl" name="CTL languages">CTL languages</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420" xml-lang="en-US">If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the text writing direction directly be pressing one of the following keys:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+D or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Right Shift Key - switch to right-to-left text entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+D or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Right Shift Key - switch to right-to-left text entry</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+A or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Shift Key - switch to left-to-right text entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+A or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Shift Key - switch to left-to-right text entry</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">The modifier-only key combinations only work when CTL support is enabled.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US">The modifier-only key combinations only work when CTL support is enabled.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">In multicolumn pages, sections or frames that are formatted with text flow from right to left, the first column is the right column and the last column is the left column.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">In $[officename] Writer text formatted in <emph>Thai language</emph> has the following features:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US">In multicolumn pages, sections or frames that are formatted with text flow from right to left, the first column is the right column and the last column is the left column.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Writer text formatted in <emph>Thai language</emph> has the following features:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">In paragraphs with justified alignment, the characters are stretched to flush the lines at the margins. In other languages the spaces between words are stretched.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">In paragraphs with justified alignment, the characters are stretched to flush the lines at the margins. In other languages the spaces between words are stretched.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Use the Delete key to delete a whole composite character. Use the Backspace key to delete the last part of the previous composite character.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Delete key to delete a whole composite character. Use the Backspace key to delete the last part of the previous composite character.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Use the Right or Left Arrow key to jump to the next or previous whole composite character. To position the cursor into a composite character, use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Right or Left Arrow key to jump to the next or previous whole composite character. To position the cursor into a composite character, use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp" name="Language Settings - Complex Text Layout">Language Settings - Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp" name="Language Settings - Complex Text Layout">Language Settings - Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp index 8ef504d141..ca5fd87c15 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp @@ -35,40 +35,40 @@ <bookmark_value>system address book registration</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>registering; address books</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152823" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="1" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154228" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="data_addressbook"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp" name="Registering an Address Book">Registering an Address Book</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152823" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154228" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_addressbook"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp" name="Registering an Address Book">Registering an Address Book</link> </variable></paragraph> <section id="adressbuch"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> you can register different data sources. The contents of the data fields are then available to you for use in various fields and controls. Your system address book is such a data source.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> you can register different data sources. The contents of the data fields are then available to you for use in various fields and controls. Your system address book is such a data source.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US"> <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> templates and wizards use fields for the contents of the address book. When activated, the general fields in the templates are automatically replaced with the fields from the data source of your address book.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id5941648" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The address book data is read-only in %PRODUCTNAME Base. It is not possible to add, edit, or delete address data from within Base.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="35">Address Data Source Wizard</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">To call the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp" name="Address Data Source">Address Data Source</link> wizard, choose <emph>File - Wizards - Address Data Source</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Registering An Existing Address Book Manually</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id5941648" xml-lang="en-US">The address book data is read-only in %PRODUCTNAME Base. It is not possible to add, edit, or delete address data from within Base.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Data Source Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To call the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp" name="Address Data Source">Address Data Source</link> wizard, choose <emph>File - Wizards - Address Data Source</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Registering An Existing Address Book Manually</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>Data source</emph> combo box, select the system address book or the data source you want to use as an address book.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Data source</emph> combo box, select the system address book or the data source you want to use as an address book.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">If you have not yet registered the system address book in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the data source, click the <emph>Address Data Source ...</emph> button. This takes you to the <emph>Address Book Data Source Wizard</emph>, in which you can register your address book as a new data source in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US">If you have not yet registered the system address book in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the data source, click the <emph>Address Data Source ...</emph> button. This takes you to the <emph>Address Book Data Source Wizard</emph>, in which you can register your address book as a new data source in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">In the <emph>Table</emph> combo box, select the database table you want to use as the address book.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Table</emph> combo box, select the database table you want to use as the address book.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for first name, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US">Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for first name, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10784" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">When finished, close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10784" xml-lang="en-US">When finished, close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149983" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Now your data source is registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the address book. If you now open a template from the <emph>Business Correspondence</emph> category, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> can automatically insert the correct fields for a form letter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149983" xml-lang="en-US">Now your data source is registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> as the address book. If you now open a template from the <emph>Business Correspondence</emph> category, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> can automatically insert the correct fields for a form letter.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp index e6a31b0d75..a352b229f8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp @@ -34,42 +34,42 @@ <bookmark_value>importing; tables in text format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exporting; spreadsheets to text format</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="55"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="41">Importing Data into $[officename]</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Importing Data into $[officename]</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="43">Choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> and click the file to import.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> and click the file to import.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1977904" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select "Text CSV" from the <emph>File type</emph> combo box. Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1977904" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Text CSV" from the <emph>File type</emph> combo box. Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US">Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="58">Exporting in CSV Text Format</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exporting in CSV Text Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154216" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="61">In <emph>File type</emph> select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154216" xml-lang="en-US">In <emph>File type</emph> select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="62">This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBase Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US">This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBase Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp index c766172e76..ab837edb43 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp @@ -32,43 +32,42 @@ <bookmark_value>commands;SQL</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>executing SQL commands</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "SQL;executing commands"</comment><comment>mw made "executing;" a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152801" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="67"><variable id="data_enter_sql"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp" name="Executing SQL Commands">Executing SQL Commands</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152801" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="data_enter_sql"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp" name="Executing SQL Commands">Executing SQL Commands</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68">With the help of SQL commands you can control the database directly, and can also create and edit tables and queries.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153562" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="72">Not all database types support all SQL instructions. If necessary, find out which SQL commands are supported by your database system.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9577929" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To execute an SQL statement directly</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="paragraph">With the help of SQL commands you can control the database directly, and can also create and edit tables and queries.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153562" role="note">Not all database types support all SQL instructions. If necessary, find out which SQL commands are supported by your database system.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9577929" role="heading" level="2">To execute an SQL statement directly</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7923825" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open a database file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7923825" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open a database file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9448530" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - SQL</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9448530" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - SQL</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151176" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="91">Click the <emph>Create Query in SQL View</emph> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151176" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Create Query in SQL View</emph> icon <image id="img_id3154071" src="cmd/sc_dbnewquerysql.png" width="0.1862in" height="0.1862in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3154071">Icon</alt> </image> or</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145786" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="92">Select an existing query from the list and click the <emph>Edit</emph> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145786" role="paragraph">Select an existing query from the list and click the <emph>Edit</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156212" src="cmd/sc_dbqueryedit.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156212">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="94">In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Edit the SQL command.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Edit the SQL command.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152460" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="96">Click the <emph>Run</emph> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152460" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Run</emph> icon <image id="img_id3152886" src="cmd/sc_sbanativesql.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152886">Icon</alt> </image>. The result of the query is displayed in the upper window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149298" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="98">Click the <emph>Save</emph> or <emph>Save As</emph> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149298" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Save</emph> or <emph>Save As</emph> icon <image id="img_id3153159" src="cmd/sc_save.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153159">Icon</alt> </image> to save the query.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153223" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="105"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Query Design">Query Design</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153223" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Query Design">Query Design</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp index 02198e268e..3c8e161207 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp @@ -33,36 +33,36 @@ <bookmark_value>forms;creating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>design view;creating forms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_forms"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp">Working with Forms</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_forms"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp">Working with Forms</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Form With the Form Wizard</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can create a new form using the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Form With the Form Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can create a new form using the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Form</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Form</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Form Manually</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Form Manually</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Create Form in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Form in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">A new text document opens. Use the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link> to insert form controls.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10670" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">Click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon to access all forms that were created from within the current database window. In addition, you can use the <emph>Form Controls</emph> icons to add database form controls to any Writer or Calc document, but these documents will not be listed in the database window. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US">A new text document opens. Use the <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls</link> to insert form controls.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10670" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Forms</emph> icon to access all forms that were created from within the current database window. In addition, you can use the <emph>Form Controls</emph> icons to add database form controls to any Writer or Calc document, but these documents will not be listed in the database window. </paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp index 27b18ac7a1..2050f4b907 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp @@ -36,62 +36,62 @@ <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting database records</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data sources;copying records to spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;from data sources to %PRODUCTNAME Calc</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW reduced "databases;" entries into one entry and deleted "exporting;from.."</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4547257" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_im_export"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Base</link> +</bookmark><comment>MW reduced "databases;" entries into one entry and deleted "exporting;from.."</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4547257" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_im_export"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Base</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2761314" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">An easy method to import and export database tables uses Calc as a "helper application".</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3912778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Exporting data from Base</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163853" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You copy a table from Base to a new Calc sheet, then you can save or export the data to any file format that Calc supports.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2761314" xml-lang="en-US">An easy method to import and export database tables uses Calc as a "helper application".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3912778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exporting data from Base</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163853" xml-lang="en-US">You copy a table from Base to a new Calc sheet, then you can save or export the data to any file format that Calc supports.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id121158" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file that contains the database table to be exported. Click Tables to view the tables, or click Queries to view the queries.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id121158" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file that contains the database table to be exported. Click Tables to view the tables, or click Queries to view the queries.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4644306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - New - Spreadsheet</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4644306" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - New - Spreadsheet</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1331217" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Base window, right-click the name of the table to export. Choose <emph>Copy</emph> from the context menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1331217" xml-lang="en-US">In the Base window, right-click the name of the table to export. Choose <emph>Copy</emph> from the context menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3806878" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click cell A1 in the new Calc window, then choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3806878" xml-lang="en-US">Click cell A1 in the new Calc window, then choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id130619" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Now you can save or export the data to many file types.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9999694" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Importing data to Base</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id8494521" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can import text files, spreadsheet files, and your system address book in read-only mode only. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id9579760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">When you import from a text or spreadsheet file, the file must have a first row of header information. The second row of the file is the first valid data row. The format of every field in the second row determines the format for the entire column. Any format information from a spreadsheet file gets lost when importing to Base.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id325632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must make sure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id130619" xml-lang="en-US">Now you can save or export the data to many file types.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9999694" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Importing data to Base</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id8494521" xml-lang="en-US">You can import text files, spreadsheet files, and your system address book in read-only mode only. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id9579760" xml-lang="en-US">When you import from a text or spreadsheet file, the file must have a first row of header information. The second row of the file is the first valid data row. The format of every field in the second row determines the format for the entire column. Any format information from a spreadsheet file gets lost when importing to Base.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id325632" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must make sure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2216559" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open a Base file of the database type that you want. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7869502" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Either create a new Base file using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, or open any existing Base file that is not read-only.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2216559" xml-lang="en-US">Open a Base file of the database type that you want. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7869502" xml-lang="en-US">Either create a new Base file using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, or open any existing Base file that is not read-only.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9852900" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the Calc file that contains the data to be imported to Base. You can open a *.dbf dBASE file or many other file types. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9852900" xml-lang="en-US">Open the Calc file that contains the data to be imported to Base. You can open a *.dbf dBASE file or many other file types. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3791924" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the data to be copied to Base. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6173894" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can enter a range reference like A1:X500 in the Name Box if you don't want to scroll.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id533768" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you copy a dBASE sheet, include the top row that contains the header data.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3791924" xml-lang="en-US">Select the data to be copied to Base. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6173894" xml-lang="en-US">You can enter a range reference like A1:X500 in the Name Box if you don't want to scroll.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id533768" xml-lang="en-US">If you copy a dBASE sheet, include the top row that contains the header data.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5669423" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5669423" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3619495" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Base window, click <emph>Tables</emph> to view the tables.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3619495" xml-lang="en-US">In the Base window, click <emph>Tables</emph> to view the tables.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1175572" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Base window, choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1175572" xml-lang="en-US">In the Base window, choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4815820" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see the Copy Table dialog. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to check the <emph>Create primary key</emph> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4815820" xml-lang="en-US">You see the Copy Table dialog. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to check the <emph>Create primary key</emph> box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id2584002" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On Windows systems, you can also use drag-and-drop instead of Copy and Paste. Also, for registered databases, you can open the datasource browser (press F4) instead of opening the Base window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id2584002" xml-lang="en-US">On Windows systems, you can also use drag-and-drop instead of Copy and Paste. Also, for registered databases, you can open the datasource browser (press F4) instead of opening the Base window.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5871761" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5871761" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6531266" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6531266" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph><comment>ufi: removed switches for calc</comment><embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp#csv_files"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp index adaf01642b..8cd01d6c82 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6911526"><bookmark_value>databases;creating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new databases</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_new"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp">Creating a New Database</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_new"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp">Creating a New Database</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - New - Database</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">This opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, where you create a new database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - New - Database</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CB" xml-lang="en-US">This opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabawiz00.xhp">Database Wizard</link>, where you create a new database file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the Database Wizard, select the type of database, and select the option to open the Table Wizard as the next wizard.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link> helps you to add a table to the new database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DD" xml-lang="en-US">In the Database Wizard, select the type of database, and select the option to open the Table Wizard as the next wizard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link> helps you to add a table to the new database file.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FC" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp index 8bdee8b842..215b433f5b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp @@ -37,40 +37,40 @@ <bookmark_value>wizards;database queries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Query Wizard (Base)</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added (Base) to 3 entries</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_queries"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp">Working with Queries</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_queries"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp">Working with Queries</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you often want to access only a subset of your data that can be well defined by a filter condition, you can define a query. This is basically a name for the new view at the filtered data. You open the query and see the current data in the table layout that you defined.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Query With the Query Wizard</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new query using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link>:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">If you often want to access only a subset of your data that can be well defined by a filter condition, you can define a query. This is basically a name for the new view at the filtered data. You open the query and see the current data in the table layout that you defined.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Query Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new query using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Query</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Query</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Query With the Design View</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Design View</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Create Query in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Query in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US">You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp index ee11640baa..962c1342a2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ <bookmark_value>deleting;databases (Base)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;deleting (Base)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;registered databases (Base)</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "removing;...". New entry "lists;" from shared/optionen/01160200.xhp</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG"><variable id="data_register"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp">Registering and Deleting a Database</link> +</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "removing;...". New entry "lists;" from shared/optionen/01160200.xhp</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_register"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp">Registering and Deleting a Database</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW">To register an existing database file:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US">Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To register an existing database file:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CF" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CF" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">Click <emph>New</emph> and select the database file.<comment>i60224</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>New</emph> and select the database file.<comment>i60224</comment></paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW">To remove a registered database from %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To remove a registered database from %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10707" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10707" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10719" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the database file and click <emph>Delete</emph>. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10719" xml-lang="en-US">Select the database file and click <emph>Delete</emph>. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FB" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp index b893ce87c1..9c214e430f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp @@ -37,40 +37,40 @@ <bookmark_value>templates;database reports</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reports;templates</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="29" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="1"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use, and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use, and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Using a Report</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using a Report</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151054" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">In the database file window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151054" xml-lang="en-US">In the database file window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">Double-click one of the report names to open the report.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1077D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click one of the report names to open the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1077D" xml-lang="en-US">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1695608" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1695608" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7510910" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7510910" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8138065" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5086825" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4747154" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153104" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8138065" xml-lang="en-US">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5086825" xml-lang="en-US">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4747154" xml-lang="en-US">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153104" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialog page of the Report AutoPilot">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialog page of the Report AutoPilot">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155431" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_idN107D7" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Unless you have a thorough understanding of the database the report accesses, do not edit the SQL statement, database name, the hidden form controls, or the related information on the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155431" xml-lang="en-US">You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_idN107D7" xml-lang="en-US">Unless you have a thorough understanding of the database the report accesses, do not edit the SQL statement, database name, the hidden form controls, or the related information on the report.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp index 76f95e3558..33c1b18bd9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp @@ -33,104 +33,104 @@ <bookmark_value>reports;creating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;reports</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG"><variable id="data_reports"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp">Creating Reports</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_reports"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp">Creating Reports</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4094363" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The following list gives you some information to decide which method to use for your data:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US">A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4094363" xml-lang="en-US">The following list gives you some information to decide which method to use for your data:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id1888180"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id8514358" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Report Builder</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id8514358" xml-lang="en-US">Report Builder</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9764091" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Report Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9764091" xml-lang="en-US">Report Wizard</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1579638" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Started by "Create Report in Design View" command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1579638" xml-lang="en-US">Started by "Create Report in Design View" command.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1886959" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Started by "Use Wizard to Create Report" command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1886959" xml-lang="en-US">Started by "Use Wizard to Create Report" command.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id455030" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Full flexibility to use report headers and footers, page headers and footers, multi-column reports.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id455030" xml-lang="en-US">Full flexibility to use report headers and footers, page headers and footers, multi-column reports.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8409985" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Uses a Writer template to generate a report document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8409985" xml-lang="en-US">Uses a Writer template to generate a report document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5931272" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Use drag-and-drop to position the record fields or other design elements like pictures or lines.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5931272" xml-lang="en-US">Use drag-and-drop to position the record fields or other design elements like pictures or lines.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9869075" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select from several given choices to arrange the data records.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9869075" xml-lang="en-US">Select from several given choices to arrange the data records.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8611713" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Generates a one-time snapshot of the data. To see an updated report, execute the same report again to create a Writer document with the updated data.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8611713" xml-lang="en-US">Generates a one-time snapshot of the data. To see an updated report, execute the same report again to create a Writer document with the updated data.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2866908" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can choose to generate a one-time snapshot with fixed data, or a "live" report with links to the current data at the time when you open the Base file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2866908" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose to generate a one-time snapshot with fixed data, or a "live" report with links to the current data at the time when you open the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4169743" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Saves the report as a Writer text document. Stores the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4169743" xml-lang="en-US">Saves the report as a Writer text document. Stores the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id408948" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Saves the report and the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id408948" xml-lang="en-US">Saves the report and the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2891933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to create a new report with the current data.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2891933" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to create a new report with the current data.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6142765" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to either see again the static snapshot of the data from first creation time, or to create a new report with the current data. This depends on your choice on the last page of the wizard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6142765" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to either see again the static snapshot of the data from first creation time, or to create a new report with the current data. This depends on your choice on the last page of the wizard.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1757560" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to open the Report Builder window, with the report's information loaded.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1757560" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to open the Report Builder window, with the report's information loaded.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4649189" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to edit the Writer template file that was used to create the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4649189" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to edit the Writer template file that was used to create the report.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8414258" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8414258" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3119602" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3119602" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4226508" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4226508" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5758842" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Create Report in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5758842" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Report in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4870754" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4870754" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DC" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8032166" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Follow the steps of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> to create the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8032166" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the steps of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> to create the report.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp index ae80783f85..9356b22a20 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp @@ -34,22 +34,22 @@ <bookmark_value>forms;finding records</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;tables and forms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="64"><variable id="data_search"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp" name="Searching Tables and Form Documents">Searching Tables and Form Documents</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_search"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp" name="Searching Tables and Form Documents">Searching Tables and Form Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149346"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153311" src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="65">In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US">In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values. </paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp index 9f5c59953b..b5f2bc506c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp @@ -37,36 +37,36 @@ <bookmark_value>data;filtering in forms</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forms; filtering data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data, see also values</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW inserted a cross-reference</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156042" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="5"><variable id="data_search2"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp" name="Searching With a Form Filter">Searching With a Form Filter</link> +</bookmark><comment>MW inserted a cross-reference</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156042" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_search2"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp" name="Searching With a Form Filter">Searching With a Form Filter</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="17">Open a form document that contains database fields.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">As an example, open an empty text document and press F4. Open the bibliography database table <emph>biblio</emph> in the data source view. While pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, drag a few column headers into the document so that the form fields are created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">Open a form document that contains database fields.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">As an example, open an empty text document and press F4. Open the bibliography database table <emph>biblio</emph> in the data source view. While pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, drag a few column headers into the document so that the form fields are created.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147618" src="cmd/sc_switchcontroldesignmode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> to turn off the design mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon <image id="img_id3149807" src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">More information about wildcards and operators can be found in <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Query Design">Query Design</link>. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">More information about wildcards and operators can be found in <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Query Design">Query Design</link>. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id9819688" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id3148617" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="9"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExecute">If you click the <emph>Apply Form-Based Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the filter will be applied.</ahelp> You see the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar and can browse through the found records.</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id3148617" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExecute">If you click the <emph>Apply Form-Based Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the filter will be applied.</ahelp> You see the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar and can browse through the found records.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id2865336" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id3149959" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="10"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp" name="Apply Filter"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id3149959" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp" name="Apply Filter"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon <image id="img_id3144764" src="cmd/sc_datafilterstandardfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp" name="Remove Filter/Sort"><emph>Reset Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146898" xml-lang="en-US">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp" name="Remove Filter/Sort"><emph>Reset Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon <image id="img_id3151318" src="cmd/sc_removefiltersort.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151318" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp index 0158a6f657..2211fa7966 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp @@ -34,33 +34,30 @@ <bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "database tables;" and changed "tables in databases;"</comment><comment>UFI added AutoValue and Primary Key entry - i48831</comment><comment>MW changed Tables in databases, AutoValue and Primary Key entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155448" role="paragraph" l10n="E" oldref="103" - localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="104"><variable id="data_tabledefine"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp" name="Table Design">Table Design</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155448" role="paragraph" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="data_tabledefine"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp" name="Table Design">Table Design</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155535" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp" name="design view">design view</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon. Choose <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph> to create a new table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146798" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155535" role="paragraph">This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp" name="design view">design view</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph">Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon. Choose <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph> to create a new table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146798" role="paragraph">In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153349" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Enter new fields in rows from top to bottom. Click the <emph>Field Name</emph> cell and enter a field name for each data field.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153349" role="listitem">Enter new fields in rows from top to bottom. Click the <emph>Field Name</emph> cell and enter a field name for each data field.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1595507" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1595507" role="listitem">Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the next cell to the right, define the <emph>Field Type</emph>. When you click in the cell, you can select a field type in the combo box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem">In the next cell to the right, define the <emph>Field Type</emph>. When you click in the cell, you can select a field type in the combo box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154760" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="38">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64KB text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149456" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153379" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="42">Field Properties</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="47">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">For the <emph>Length</emph> box, a combo box may be shown that provides the available choices.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154760" role="note">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64KB text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149456" role="paragraph">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153379" role="heading" level="2" >Field Properties</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="paragraph">For the <emph>Length</emph> box, a combo box may be shown that provides the available choices.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp index 1da0c00ed1..e19db0f94e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp @@ -34,54 +34,54 @@ <bookmark_value>databases;creating tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table views of databases</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed" database tables;" to "tables in databases;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_tables"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp">Working with Tables</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_tables"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp">Working with Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your e-mail addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the first and the last name fields and the e-mail field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Table With the Table Wizard</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new table using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link>:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your e-mail addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the first and the last name fields and the e-mail field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Table Wizard</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new table using the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10632" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Table</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Table</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Table With the Design View</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Design View</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating a New Table View</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Some database types support table views. A table view is a query that is stored with the database. For most database operations, a view can be used as you would use a table.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US">You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table View</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077C" xml-lang="en-US">Some database types support table views. A table view is a query that is stored with the database. For most database operations, a view can be used as you would use a table.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10782" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open the database file where you want to create the new table view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10782" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new table view.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10786" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10786" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Create Table View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Table View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10795" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You see the View Design window, which is almost the same as the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10795" xml-lang="en-US">You see the View Design window, which is almost the same as the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp index 6fb55467b7..787afe62be 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp @@ -35,24 +35,24 @@ <bookmark_value>data sources;viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;viewing</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW"><variable id="data_view"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp">Viewing a Database</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><variable id="data_view"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_view.xhp">Viewing a Database</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">There are two different methods of viewing a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US">There are two different methods of viewing a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open the database file.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> gives you full access to tables, queries, reports, and forms. You can edit the structure of your tables and change the contents of the data records.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CA" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open the database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> gives you full access to tables, queries, reports, and forms. You can edit the structure of your tables and change the contents of the data records.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Data source</emph> to view the registered databases.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">data source view</link> can be used to drag-and-drop table fields from registered databases into your documents and to produce mail merges.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Data source</emph> to view the registered databases.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EA" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">data source view</link> can be used to drag-and-drop table fields from registered databases into your documents and to produce mail merges.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10606" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10606" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp#base"/> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> </paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp index f0c71b5162..1ab5891ed3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp @@ -35,29 +35,29 @@ <bookmark_value>data source explorer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>explorer of data sources</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="1" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="2"><variable id="database_main"><link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source Overview">Database Overview</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="database_main"><link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source Overview">Database Overview</link> </variable><comment>remove this file when all links are resolved</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F1" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Data Source View</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Choose <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> or press F4 to call the data source view from a text document or spreadsheet.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Data Sources</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145069" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp" name="address book as data source">Address book as data source</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9"><link href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp" name="View data source contents">View data source contents</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106A4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp">Menu bar of a database file</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">Forms and Reports</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="17"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp" name="Create new form document">Create new form document</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp" name="edit form functions">edit form controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152920" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="18"><link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="entering data versus editing form">Entering data versus editing form</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151380" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report AutoPilot">Report Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Working with databases in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data Source View</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> or press F4 to call the data source view from a text document or spreadsheet.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US">On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data Sources</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145069" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp" name="address book as data source">Address book as data source</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04180100.xhp" name="View data source contents">View data source contents</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106A4" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menubar.xhp">Menu bar of a database file</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Forms and Reports</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/04030000.xhp" name="Create new form document">Create new form document</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp" name="edit form functions">edit form controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152920" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="entering data versus editing form">Entering data versus editing form</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151380" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report AutoPilot">Report Wizard</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp#data_report"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145606" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Queries</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp" name="Create new query or table view, edit query structure">Create new query or table view, edit query structure</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1072A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155430" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp" name="Enter, edit and copy records">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147287" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Tables</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163713" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp" name="Create new table, edit table structure">Create new table, edit table structure</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp" name="index">index</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp" name="relations">relations</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078F" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159196" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp" name="Enter, edit and copy records">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145606" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Queries</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02000000.xhp" name="Create new query or table view, edit query structure">Create new query or table view, edit query structure</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1072A" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155430" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp" name="Enter, edit and copy records">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147287" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tables</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163713" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010000.xhp" name="Create new table, edit table structure">Create new table, edit table structure</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05010100.xhp" name="index">index</link>, <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020000.xhp" name="relations">relations</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078F" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/explorer/database/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159196" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05340400.xhp" name="Enter, edit and copy records">Enter, edit and copy records</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp index eb85aef7bb..2989cda8d3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp @@ -30,79 +30,79 @@ <bookmark_value>digital signatures;overview</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>security;digital signatures</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw moved 1 entry to digitalsign_send.xhp and made "digital signatures" a two level entry and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2767418" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="digital_signatures"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About Digital Signatures</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2767418" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digital_signatures"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About Digital Signatures</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10632" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can digitally sign your documents and macros. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6564531" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Certificates</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10639" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To sign a document digitally, you need a personal key, the certificate. A personal key is stored on your computer as a combination of a private key, which must be kept secret, and a public key, which you add to your documents when you sign them.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Save and sign the document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you apply a digital signature to a document, a kind of checksum is computed from the document's content plus your personal key. The checksum and your public key are stored together with the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10674" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Open a signed document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When someone later opens the document on any computer with a recent version of %PRODUCTNAME, the program will compute the checksum again and compare it with the stored checksum. If both are the same, the program will signal that you see the original, unchanged document. In addition, the program can show you the public key information from the certificate.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can compare the public key with the public key that is published on the web site of the certificate authority.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Whenever someone changes something in the document, this change breaks the digital signature. After the change, there will be no sign that you see the original document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911381426" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200911571878" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can see any of the following icons and messages when you open a signed document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10632" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can digitally sign your documents and macros. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6564531" role="heading" level="2">Certificates</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10639" role="paragraph">To sign a document digitally, you need a personal key, the certificate. A personal key is stored on your computer as a combination of a private key, which must be kept secret, and a public key, which you add to your documents when you sign them.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066D" role="heading" level="2">Save and sign the document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="paragraph">When you apply a digital signature to a document, a kind of checksum is computed from the document's content plus your personal key. The checksum and your public key are stored together with the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10674" role="heading" level="2">Open a signed document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="paragraph">When someone later opens the document on any computer with a recent version of %PRODUCTNAME, the program will compute the checksum again and compare it with the stored checksum. If both are the same, the program will signal that you see the original, unchanged document. In addition, the program can show you the public key information from the certificate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B" role="paragraph">You can compare the public key with the public key that is published on the web site of the certificate authority.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067E" role="paragraph">Whenever someone changes something in the document, this change breaks the digital signature. After the change, there will be no sign that you see the original document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911381426" role="paragraph">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200911571878" role="paragraph">You can see any of the following icons and messages when you open a signed document.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id0821200912400398"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504050" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Icon in Status bar</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504050" role="tablehead">Icon in Status bar</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504061" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Signature status</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504061" role="tablehead">Signature status</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504010" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504010" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id0821200912421569" src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id0821200912421569">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504189" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">The signature is valid.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504189" role="tablecontent">The signature is valid.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id082120091250418" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id082120091250418" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id0821200912431081" src="xmlsecurity/res/notcertificate_16.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id0821200912431081">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504133" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">The signature is OK, but the certificates could not be validated.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504165" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">The signature and the certificate are OK, but not all parts of the document are signed. (For documents that were signed with old versions of the software, see note below.)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504133" role="tablecontent">The signature is OK, but the certificates could not be validated.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504165" role="tablecontent">The signature and the certificate are OK, but not all parts of the document are signed. (For documents that were signed with old versions of the software, see note below.)</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504237" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504237" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id0821200912435090" src="svx/res/caution_11x16.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1146in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id0821200912435090">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504233" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">The signature is invalid.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200912504233" role="tablecontent">The signature is invalid.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0821200910191787" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Signatures and software versions</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191747" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The signing of contents got changed with OpenOffice.org 3.2 and StarOffice 9.2. Now all contents of the files, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml) are signed. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191774" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you sign a document with OpenOffice.org 3.2 or StarOffice 9.2 or a later version, and you open that document in an older version of the software, the signature will be displayed as "invalid". Signatures created with older versions of the software will be marked with "only parts of the document is signed" when loaded in the newer software.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191775" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you sign an OOXML document, then the signature will be always marked with "only parts of the document is signed". Metadata of OOXML files are never signed, to be compatible with Microsoft Office.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191776" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you sign a PDF document, then this marking is not used. Signing only parts of the document is simply an invalid signature.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191777" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Signing other document formats is not supported at the moment.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911583098" role="note" l10n="NEW">When you load an ODF document, you might see an icon in the status bar and the status field in the dialog that indicates that the document is only partially signed. This status will appear when the signature and certificate are valid, but they were created with a version of OpenOffice.org before 3.2 or StarOffice before 9.2. In versions of OpenOffice.org before 3.0 or StarOffice before 9.0, the document signature was applied to the main contents, pictures and embedded objects only and some contents, like macros, were not signed. In OpenOffice.org 3.0 and StarOffice 9.0 the document signature was applied to most content, including macros. However, the mimetype and the content of the META-INF folder were not signed. And in OpenOffice.org 3.2, StarOffice 9.2, and all versions of LibreOffice all contents, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml), are signed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9354228" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Security Warnings</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2372508" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you receive a signed document, and the software reports that the signature is valid, this does not mean that you can be absolutely sure that the document is the same that the sender has sent. Signing documents with software certificates is not a perfectly secure method. Numerous ways are possible to circumvent the security features.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Example: Think about someone who wants to camouflage his identity to be a sender from your bank. He can easily get a certificate using a false name, then send you any signed e-mail pretending he is working for your bank. You will get that e-mail, and the e-mail or the document within has the "valid signed" icon. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6195257" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Do not trust the icon. Inspect and verify the certificates.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8635517" role="warning" l10n="CHG">The validation of a signature is not a legally binding guarantee of any kind.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6075624" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">On Windows operating systems, the Windows features of validating a signature are used. On Solaris and Linux systems, files that are supplied by Thunderbird, Mozilla or Firefox are used. You must ensure that the files that are in use within your system are really the original files that were supplied by the original developers. For malevolent intruders, there are numerous ways to replace original files with other files that they supply.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6819971" role="warning" l10n="NEW">The messages about validation of a signature that you see in %PRODUCTNAME are the messages that the validation files return. The %PRODUCTNAME software has no way to ensure that the messages reflect the true status of any certificate. The %PRODUCTNAME software only displays the messages that other files that are not under control of %PRODUCTNAME report. There is no legal responsibility of %PRODUCTNAME that the displayed messages reflect the true status of a digital signature.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0821200910191787" role="heading" level="3">Signatures and software versions</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191747" role="paragraph">The signing of contents got changed with OpenOffice.org 3.2 and StarOffice 9.2. Now all contents of the files, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml) are signed. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191774" role="paragraph">When you sign a document with OpenOffice.org 3.2 or StarOffice 9.2 or a later version, and you open that document in an older version of the software, the signature will be displayed as "invalid". Signatures created with older versions of the software will be marked with "only parts of the document is signed" when loaded in the newer software.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191775" role="paragraph">When you sign an OOXML document, then the signature will be always marked with "only parts of the document is signed". Metadata of OOXML files are never signed, to be compatible with Microsoft Office.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191776" role="paragraph">When you sign a PDF document, then this marking is not used. Signing only parts of the document is simply an invalid signature.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0821200910191777" role="paragraph">Signing other document formats is not supported at the moment.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911583098" role="note">When you load an ODF document, you might see an icon in the status bar and the status field in the dialog that indicates that the document is only partially signed. This status will appear when the signature and certificate are valid, but they were created with a version of OpenOffice.org before 3.2 or StarOffice before 9.2. In versions of OpenOffice.org before 3.0 or StarOffice before 9.0, the document signature was applied to the main contents, pictures and embedded objects only and some contents, like macros, were not signed. In OpenOffice.org 3.0 and StarOffice 9.0 the document signature was applied to most content, including macros. However, the mimetype and the content of the META-INF folder were not signed. And in OpenOffice.org 3.2, StarOffice 9.2, and all versions of LibreOffice all contents, except the signature file itself (META-INF/documentsignatures.xml), are signed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9354228" role="heading" level="2">Security Warnings</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2372508" role="paragraph">When you receive a signed document, and the software reports that the signature is valid, this does not mean that you can be absolutely sure that the document is the same that the sender has sent. Signing documents with software certificates is not a perfectly secure method. Numerous ways are possible to circumvent the security features.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123" role="paragraph">Example: Think about someone who wants to camouflage his identity to be a sender from your bank. He can easily get a certificate using a false name, then send you any signed e-mail pretending he is working for your bank. You will get that e-mail, and the e-mail or the document within has the "valid signed" icon. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6195257" role="paragraph">Do not trust the icon. Inspect and verify the certificates.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8635517" role="warning">The validation of a signature is not a legally binding guarantee of any kind.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6075624" role="paragraph">On Windows operating systems, the Windows features of validating a signature are used. On Solaris and Linux systems, files that are supplied by Thunderbird, Mozilla or Firefox are used. You must ensure that the files that are in use within your system are really the original files that were supplied by the original developers. For malevolent intruders, there are numerous ways to replace original files with other files that they supply.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6819971" role="warning">The messages about validation of a signature that you see in %PRODUCTNAME are the messages that the validation files return. The %PRODUCTNAME software has no way to ensure that the messages reflect the true status of any certificate. The %PRODUCTNAME software only displays the messages that other files that are not under control of %PRODUCTNAME report. There is no legal responsibility of %PRODUCTNAME that the displayed messages reflect the true status of a digital signature.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id486465" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying digital signatures</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3448591" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a document using WebDAV over HTTPS</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id486465" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3448591" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a document using WebDAV over HTTPS</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp index 9e7e6daad4..9af65030f1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp @@ -37,56 +37,56 @@ <bookmark_value>digital signatures;WebDAV over HTTPS</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw added 3 index entries</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4989165" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="digitalsign_receive"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4989165" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digitalsign_receive"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_receive.xhp">Opening a Document Using WebDAV over HTTPS</link> </variable></paragraph> <comment>MW created this file by splitting shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can open and save documents that are stored on a WebDAV server, using the secure HTTPS protocol.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can open and save documents that are stored on a WebDAV server, using the secure HTTPS protocol.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph">You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7424237" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File name</emph> box, enter the path to the WebDAV folder. For example, enter <item type="literal">https://192.168.1.1/webfolder</item> to open a secure connection to the WebDAV server at the IP address 192.168.1.1, and to list the contents of the <item type="literal">webfolder</item> folder.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7424237" role="paragraph">In the <emph>File name</emph> box, enter the path to the WebDAV folder. For example, enter <item type="literal">https://192.168.1.1/webfolder</item> to open a secure connection to the WebDAV server at the IP address 192.168.1.1, and to list the contents of the <item type="literal">webfolder</item> folder.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You should click the <emph>Examine Certificate</emph> button and examine the certificate.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you accept the certificate, choose "<emph>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</emph>" and click <emph>OK</emph>. Now you can open and save files from the WebDAV server without further questions, until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you do not trust the certificate, click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph">The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph">You should click the <emph>Examine Certificate</emph> button and examine the certificate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph">If you accept the certificate, choose "<emph>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</emph>" and click <emph>OK</emph>. Now you can open and save files from the WebDAV server without further questions, until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph">If you do not trust the certificate, click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you did accept the certificate, you can now select the file name or file names you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph">If you did accept the certificate, you can now select the file name or file names you want to open and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph">If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:</paragraph> <!-- removed HID 1311773189 --> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph"> <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <!-- removed HID 1311773188 --> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Continue</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9116794" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Cancel Connection</emph> - Cancels the connection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4381847" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph"> <emph>Continue</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">If you are sure both domains are the same, click the Continue button.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9116794" role="paragraph"> <emph>Cancel Connection</emph> - Cancels the connection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4381847" role="paragraph">If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.</paragraph> <comment>user name</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311344666 --> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1336710" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1336710" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your user name to log on to the WebDAV server.</ahelp></paragraph> <comment>password</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311344669 --> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1221655" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your password.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1221655" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter your password.</ahelp></paragraph> <comment>remember password till end of session</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311343648 --> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3397320" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3397320" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2182378" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2182378" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp index 728e4ab6fa..0fd9cc5f09 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp @@ -30,76 +30,76 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7430951"><bookmark_value>signing documents with digital signatures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>digital signatures;getting/managing/applying</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw transferred one entry from digital_signatures.xhp and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id344248" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id344248" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this file by splitting shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1063C" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Getting a Certificate</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10640" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can get a certificate from a certification authority. No matter if you choose a governmental institution or a private company it is common to be charged for this service, for example when they certify your identity. Few other authorities issue certificates free of costs, like the Open Source Project <link href="https://www.CAcert.org/">CAcert</link> which is based on the well-known and reliable Web of Trust model and is of growing popularity.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F6" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Managing your Certificates</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1063C" role="heading" level="2">Getting a Certificate</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10640" role="paragraph">You can get a certificate from a certification authority. No matter if you choose a governmental institution or a private company it is common to be charged for this service, for example when they certify your identity. Few other authorities issue certificates free of costs, like the Open Source Project <link href="https://www.CAcert.org/">CAcert</link> which is based on the well-known and reliable Web of Trust model and is of growing popularity.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F6" role="heading" level="2">Managing your Certificates</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you are using Microsoft Windows, you can manage your certificates from the Control Panel applet "Internet Options" on the "Contents" tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8311410" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Import your new root certificate into the Trusted Root Certification Authorities list.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="paragraph">If you are using Microsoft Windows, you can manage your certificates from the Control Panel applet "Internet Options" on the "Contents" tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8311410" role="paragraph">Import your new root certificate into the Trusted Root Certification Authorities list.</paragraph> </case> <default> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you are using Solaris or Linux, you must install a recent version of Thunderbird or Firefox to install some system files that are needed for encryption.<comment>how about Mac OS X?</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10720" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If you have created different profiles in Thunderbird or Firefox, and you want %PRODUCTNAME to use one specified profile for certificates, then you can set the environment variable MOZILLA_CERTIFICATE_FOLDER to point to the folder of that specified profile.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph">If you are using Solaris or Linux, you must install a recent version of Thunderbird or Firefox to install some system files that are needed for encryption.<comment>how about Mac OS X?</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10720" role="tip">If you have created different profiles in Thunderbird or Firefox, and you want %PRODUCTNAME to use one specified profile for certificates, then you can set the environment variable MOZILLA_CERTIFICATE_FOLDER to point to the folder of that specified profile.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id944242" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open your web browser’s preferences, select the <emph>Advanced</emph> section, click on the <emph>Certificates</emph> tab, and then choose <emph>View Certificates</emph>. The <emph>Certificate Manager</emph> dialog will appear.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id944242" role="paragraph">Open your web browser’s preferences, select the <emph>Advanced</emph> section, click on the <emph>Certificates</emph> tab, and then choose <emph>View Certificates</emph>. The <emph>Certificate Manager</emph> dialog will appear.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6452223" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Import your new root certificate, then select and edit the certificate. Enable the root certificate to be trusted at least for web and email access. This ensures that the certificate can sign your documents. You may edit any intermediate certificate in the same way, but it is not mandatory for signing documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6452223" role="paragraph">Import your new root certificate, then select and edit the certificate. Enable the root certificate to be trusted at least for web and email access. This ensures that the certificate can sign your documents. You may edit any intermediate certificate in the same way, but it is not mandatory for signing documents.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6486098" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you have edited the new certificates, restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6486098" role="paragraph">When you have edited the new certificates, restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </default> </switch> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Signing a document</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="heading" level="2">Signing a document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10688" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Digital Signatures - Digital Signatures</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10688" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Digital Signatures - Digital Signatures</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10690" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A message box advises you to save the document. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to save the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10690" role="paragraph">A message box advises you to save the document. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to save the file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10698" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After saving, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog. Click <emph>Add</emph> to add a public key to the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10698" role="paragraph">After saving, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog. Click <emph>Add</emph> to add a public key to the document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog, select your certificate and click OK. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AE" role="paragraph">In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog, select your certificate and click OK. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see again the Digital Signatures dialog, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click OK to add the public key to the saved file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C0" role="paragraph">You see again the Digital Signatures dialog, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click OK to add the public key to the saved file.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C3" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A signed document shows an icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C3" role="paragraph">A signed document shows an icon <image id="img_id262764" src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id262764">Icon</alt> </image> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911381426" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E0" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Signing the macros inside a document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E4" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Normally, macros are part of a document. If you sign a document, the macros inside the document are signed automatically. If you want to sign only the macros, but not the document, proceed as follows:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2008200911381426" role="paragraph">The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E0" role="heading" level="2">Signing the macros inside a document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E4" role="paragraph">Normally, macros are part of a document. If you sign a document, the macros inside the document are signed automatically. If you want to sign only the macros, but not the document, proceed as follows:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Digital Signature</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Digital Signature</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F2" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Apply the signature as described above for documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F2" role="paragraph">Apply the signature as described above for documents.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you open the Basic IDE that contains signed macros, you see an icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph">When you open the Basic IDE that contains signed macros, you see an icon <image id="img_id9252296" src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id9252296">Icon</alt> </image> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.</paragraph><comment>WebDAV see issue 32935</comment><comment>main dialog IDs are here to lead the user initially to this help page</comment><comment>Examine certificate button</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311740419 --> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5734733" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session radio button</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5734733" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session radio button</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311736321 --> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id561540" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to accept the certificate until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>Do not accept this certificate and do not connect to this Web site radio button</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id561540" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to accept the certificate until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>Do not accept this certificate and do not connect to this Web site radio button</comment> <!-- removed HID 1311736326 --> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7705618" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to cancel the connection.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7705618" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Choose this setting to cancel the connection.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5166173" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3204443" role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/How_to_use_digital_Signatures">English Wiki page on digital signatures</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5166173" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp">About digital signatures</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp index ea662b9507..2b00429e5f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp @@ -43,44 +43,44 @@ <bookmark_value>drawings; saving automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>presentations; saving automatically</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="1" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155536" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="doc_autosave"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp" name="Saving Documents Automatically">Saving Documents Automatically</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155536" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="doc_autosave"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp" name="Saving Documents Automatically">Saving Documents Automatically</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">To create a backup file every time you save a document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To create a backup file every time you save a document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Mark <emph>Always create backup copy</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US">Mark <emph>Always create backup copy</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149797" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">If the <emph>Always create backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149797" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Always create backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file. </paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">You can change the backup directory by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the backup directory by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">The backup copy has the same name as the document, but the extension is .BAK. If the backup folder already contains such a file, it will be overwritten without warning.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US">The backup copy has the same name as the document, but the extension is .BAK. If the backup folder already contains such a file, it will be overwritten without warning.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">To save recovery information automatically every n minutes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To save recovery information automatically every n minutes</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">Mark <emph>Save AutoRecovery information every</emph> and select the time interval.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US">Mark <emph>Save AutoRecovery information every</emph> and select the time interval.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">This command saves the information necessary to restore the current document in case of a crash. Additionally, in case of a crash %PRODUCTNAME tries automatically to save AutoRecovery information for all open documents, if possible.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US">This command saves the information necessary to restore the current document in case of a crash. Additionally, in case of a crash %PRODUCTNAME tries automatically to save AutoRecovery information for all open documents, if possible.</paragraph> </section> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159150" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10838" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp">Error Report Tool</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159150" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10838" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/error_report.xhp">Error Report Tool</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp index 29f0555e0a..30c0a6cdda 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp @@ -38,83 +38,83 @@ <bookmark_value>drawings; saving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>presentations; saving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>FTP; saving documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "tables;..." to "spreadsheets;..."</comment><comment>mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="doc_save"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp" name="Saving Documents">Saving Documents</link> +</bookmark><comment>mw changed "tables;..." to "spreadsheets;..."</comment><comment>mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="doc_save"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp" name="Saving Documents">Saving Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click the <emph>Save</emph> icon or press the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Save</emph> icon or press the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3154307"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3152349" src="cmd/sc_save.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">This icon is for tips on how to use the program more effectively.</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">The document is saved under its path and name on the current local data medium or network drive or on the Internet, overwriting any file of the same name.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US">The document is saved under its path and name on the current local data medium or network drive or on the Internet, overwriting any file of the same name.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7146824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Automatic extension to the file name</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9359111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">When saving a file, %PRODUCTNAME always appends an extension to the file name, except when the file name already has an extension that matches the file type. See the list of <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">ODF extensions</link>. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6709494" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Some examples for the automatic extensions are listed in the following table:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US">You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7146824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic extension to the file name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9359111" xml-lang="en-US">When saving a file, %PRODUCTNAME always appends an extension to the file name, except when the file name already has an extension that matches the file type. See the list of <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">ODF extensions</link>. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6709494" xml-lang="en-US">Some examples for the automatic extensions are listed in the following table:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id9627979"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9009674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You enter this file name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9009674" xml-lang="en-US">You enter this file name</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id485549" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You select this file type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id485549" xml-lang="en-US">You select this file type</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3987243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">File is saved with this name</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3987243" xml-lang="en-US">File is saved with this name</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7681814" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7681814" xml-lang="en-US">my file</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9496749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">ODF Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9496749" xml-lang="en-US">ODF Text</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id342417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.odt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id342417" xml-lang="en-US">my file.odt</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5087130" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.odt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5087130" xml-lang="en-US">my file.odt</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7523728" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">ODF Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7523728" xml-lang="en-US">ODF Text</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8994109" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.odt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8994109" xml-lang="en-US">my file.odt</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id266426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.txt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id266426" xml-lang="en-US">my file.txt</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3031098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">ODF Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3031098" xml-lang="en-US">ODF Text</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8276619" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.txt.odt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8276619" xml-lang="en-US">my file.txt.odt</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7824030" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.txt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7824030" xml-lang="en-US">my file.txt</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7534104" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Text (.txt)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id7534104" xml-lang="en-US">Text (.txt)</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id209051" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">my file.txt</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id209051" xml-lang="en-US">my file.txt</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp#doc_autosave"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General">Load/Save - General</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp index c775e245da..1f5a36e580 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp @@ -35,67 +35,67 @@ <bookmark_value>links;by drag and drop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;by drag and drop</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="10" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="11"><variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147576"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Mouse Pointer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse Pointer</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Description</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159177" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159177" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3147573" src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer moving data</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Moving</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US">Moving</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149233" src="res/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer copying data</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Copying</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US">Copying</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3159413" src="res/helpimg/linkdata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer inserting link</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154938" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Creating a link</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154938" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a link</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">If you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> or Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while releasing the mouse button, you can control whether the object is copied, moved, or a link is created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US">If you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> or Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while releasing the mouse button, you can control whether the object is copied, moved, or a link is created.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150768"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3158407" src="sw/res/sc20238.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3158407" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">You can cancel a drag-and-drop operation in $[officename] at any time by pressing the Esc key before releasing the mouse button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US">You can cancel a drag-and-drop operation in $[officename] at any time by pressing the Esc key before releasing the mouse button.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp index b0742d3d68..1113c42d71 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="10"><variable id="dragdrop_beamer"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp" name="Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_beamer"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp" name="Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151111" xml-lang="en-US">A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149578"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3155390" src="res/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3155390" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer copying data</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">Copying with Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US">Copying with Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">If you want to reverse a drag-and-drop, position the cursor in your document and choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="36">Using data in a text document</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153105" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147230" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="39">Applying data to a table document</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="42">Inserting controls in a text form</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to reverse a drag-and-drop, position the cursor in your document and choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Using data in a text document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153105" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147230" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Applying data to a table document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Inserting controls in a text form</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132" xml-lang="en-US">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp index 359f7a7209..0f7c581378 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp @@ -36,21 +36,21 @@ <bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "Gallery;coying..." and copied "copying;..." to Shared guide gallery_insert.xhp.</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="40"><variable id="dragdrop_fromgallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp" name="Copying Graphics From the Gallery">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_fromgallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp" name="Copying Graphics From the Gallery">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41">If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there.</paragraph> </section> <section id="dndfromgallery02"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">If you release the graphic <emph>directly on a draw object</emph>, please note the following:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">If you release the graphic <emph>directly on a draw object</emph>, please note the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43">If you move the graphic (drag it without pressing any key, in which case no additional symbol appears next to the mouse pointer), only the attributes are copied from the graphic and applied to the draw object on which you release the mouse button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US">If you move the graphic (drag it without pressing any key, in which case no additional symbol appears next to the mouse pointer), only the attributes are copied from the graphic and applied to the draw object on which you release the mouse button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">If you copy the graphic (drag it while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, in which case a plus sign appears next to the mouse pointer), the graphic will be inserted as an object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US">If you copy the graphic (drag it while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, in which case a plus sign appears next to the mouse pointer), the graphic will be inserted as an object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">If you create a hyperlink (drag while holding down Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, in which case a linking arrow appears next to the mouse pointer), the drawing object is replaced by the graphic from the Gallery, but the position and size of the replaced draw object are retained.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US">If you create a hyperlink (drag while holding down Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, in which case a linking arrow appears next to the mouse pointer), the drawing object is replaced by the graphic from the Gallery, but the position and size of the replaced draw object are retained.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp index 81a0c8bbf7..e0eba5bee9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp @@ -40,25 +40,25 @@ <bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="49"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154823" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154823" role="listitem">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="listitem">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="listitem">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp index 8ba79895cb..ca3136cae9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp @@ -36,31 +36,31 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="15"><variable id="dragdrop_graphic"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp" name="Copying Graphics Between Documents">Copying Graphics Between Documents</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_graphic"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp" name="Copying Graphics Between Documents">Copying Graphics Between Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US">You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Open the document in which you want to insert the graphic object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document in which you want to insert the graphic object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Open the document from which you want to copy the graphic.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document from which you want to copy the graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, to select it without executing any hyperlinks it may refer to.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">Click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, to select it without executing any hyperlinks it may refer to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Keep the mouse button pressed and wait a moment while the object is copied to an internal memory.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US">Keep the mouse button pressed and wait a moment while the object is copied to an internal memory.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US">Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US">Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="56">If the graphic is connected with a hyperlink, the hyperlink and not the graphic is inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US">If the graphic is connected with a hyperlink, the hyperlink and not the graphic is inserted.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp index 57b771ff87..ae1e2ebf31 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp @@ -34,32 +34,32 @@ <bookmark_value>copying; sheet areas, to text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;sheet areas in text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="24"><variable id="dragdrop_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp" name="Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp" name="Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Open both the text document and the spreadsheet.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">Open both the text document and the spreadsheet.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the sheet area you want to copy.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">Select the sheet area you want to copy.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Point to the selected area and press the mouse button. Keep the mouse button pressed for a moment, then drag the area into the text document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US">Point to the selected area and press the mouse button. Keep the mouse button pressed for a moment, then drag the area into the text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Once the cursor is located in the place where you want to insert the sheet area, release the mouse button. The sheet area is inserted as an OLE object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">Once the cursor is located in the place where you want to insert the sheet area, release the mouse button. The sheet area is inserted as an OLE object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">You can select and edit the OLE object at any time.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US">You can select and edit the OLE object at any time.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">To edit the OLE object, double-click on it.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155389" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">Alternatively, select the object and choose <emph>Edit - Object - Edit</emph> or choose <emph>Edit</emph> from the context menu. You edit the object in its own frame within the text document, but you see the icons and menu commands needed for spreadsheets.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the OLE object, double-click on it.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155389" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively, select the object and choose <emph>Edit - Object - Edit</emph> or choose <emph>Edit</emph> from the context menu. You edit the object in its own frame within the text document, but you see the icons and menu commands needed for spreadsheets.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154860" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>Open</emph> to open the source document of the OLE object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154860" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Open</emph> to open the source document of the OLE object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp index f99690b5c8..8d8d4879cd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp @@ -37,29 +37,29 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting;buttons in toolbars</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/newtoolbardialog/NewToolbarDialog" id="bm_id3148647" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="79"><variable id="edit_symbolbar"><link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Adding Buttons to Toolbars">Adding Buttons to Toolbars</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="edit_symbolbar"><link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Adding Buttons to Toolbars">Adding Buttons to Toolbars</link> </variable></paragraph> <section id="edtext"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="85">To add a button to a toolbar:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="78">Open the context menu of the toolbar (right click) and choose <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> and then select the button you want to display.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add a button to a toolbar:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">Open the context menu of the toolbar (right click) and choose <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> and then select the button you want to display.</paragraph> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible" id="bm_id3149517" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2439039" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="86">To add a button to the list of Visible Buttons:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible" id="bm_id3149517" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2439039" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add a button to the list of Visible Buttons:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="87">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="88">In the<emph> Toolbars </emph>box, select the toolbar you want to change.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154071" xml-lang="en-US">In the<emph> Toolbars </emph>box, select the toolbar you want to change.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="89">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph> , select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph> , select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="90">If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands </emph>list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands </emph>list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="91">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp index efde4567a5..55974e7528 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp @@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ <bookmark_value>presentations; sending as e-mail</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>attachments in e-mails</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="email"><link href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp" name="Sending Documents as E-mail">Sending Documents as E-mail</link></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an e-mail attachment.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="email"><link href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp" name="Sending Documents as E-mail">Sending Documents as E-mail</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US">Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an e-mail attachment.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>File - Send - E-mail Document</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">$[officename] opens your default e-mail program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another e-mail program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - E-mail</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Send - E-mail Document</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] opens your default e-mail program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another e-mail program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - E-mail</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">In your e-mail program, enter the recipient, subject and any text you want to add, then send the e-mail.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US">In your e-mail program, enter the recipient, subject and any text you want to add, then send the e-mail.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3595385" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In case you want to send the e-mail to a recipient who only has software that cannot read the OpenDocument format, you can send the current document in an often used proprietary format.<br/>For a text document, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Word</item>. For a spreadsheet, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Excel</item>. And for a presentation, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft PowerPoint</item>. <br/>If you want to send the document as a read-only file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as PDF</item>.<br/>These commands do not change your current document. Only a temporary copy is created and sent.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3595385" xml-lang="en-US">In case you want to send the e-mail to a recipient who only has software that cannot read the OpenDocument format, you can send the current document in an often used proprietary format.<br/>For a text document, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Word</item>. For a spreadsheet, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft Excel</item>. And for a presentation, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as Microsoft PowerPoint</item>. <br/>If you want to send the document as a read-only file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - E-mail as PDF</item>.<br/>These commands do not change your current document. Only a temporary copy is created and sent.</paragraph> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp index a983565bf8..1474a57510 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp @@ -41,25 +41,25 @@ <bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>PowerPoint export</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "PowerPoint;..." a one level entry</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="1" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="export_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp" name="Saving Documents in Other Formats">Saving Documents in Other Formats</link> +</bookmark><comment>mw made "PowerPoint;..." a one level entry</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="export_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp" name="Saving Documents in Other Formats">Saving Documents in Other Formats</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> or <emph>File type</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> or <emph>File type</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter a name in the <emph>File name</emph> box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name in the <emph>File name</emph> box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US">If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.</paragraph> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp index 924aacc855..768bdeeffb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp @@ -35,43 +35,43 @@ <bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes </bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="5"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="6">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="9">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153822" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153822" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select the fax driver from the <emph>Fax</emph> list box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US">Select the fax driver from the <emph>Fax</emph> list box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106EB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106EB" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106FA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106FA" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10702" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the "Documents" category, then select the "Send Default Fax" command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10702" xml-lang="en-US">Select the "Documents" category, then select the "Send Default Fax" command.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10712" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab page, click the down arrow button to position the new icon where you want it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10715" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Your <emph>Standard</emph> bar now has a new icon to send the current document as a fax.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10712" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab page, click the down arrow button to position the new icon where you want it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10715" xml-lang="en-US">Your <emph>Standard</emph> bar now has a new icon to send the current document as a fax.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp index 4291dbe4f2..29bf2c902d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp @@ -33,18 +33,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150322"><bookmark_value>filters; Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>filter conditions;connecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="filternavigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp">Using the Filter Navigator</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="filternavigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp">Using the Filter Navigator</link> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id6570985" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id3149020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150322" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR" id="bm_id3155767" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14"><ahelp hid="HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_EDIT" id="bm_id3146313" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_FILTER_IS_NULL" id="bm_id3146316" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_IS_NOT_NULL" id="bm_id3149108" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">The context menu can be called for each entry in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. <ahelp hid="SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL">You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").</ahelp> It is also possible to delete the entry by using the context menu.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156374" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145620" xml-lang="en-US">The context menu can be called for each entry in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. <ahelp hid="SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL">You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").</ahelp> It is also possible to delete the entry by using the context menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156374" xml-lang="en-US">You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp#filtervorschlag"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp index 54020fb4a6..666f87b48c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp @@ -39,46 +39,46 @@ <bookmark_value>finding; attributes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting;Find & Replace mode</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10663" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="find_attributes"><link href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp">Searching for Attributes</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10663" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="find_attributes"><link href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp">Searching for Attributes</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10681" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can search for text with attributes that are applied either by direct formatting or by styles. For example, if you search for the <emph>Font</emph> attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_idN10688" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10681" xml-lang="en-US">You can search for text with attributes that are applied either by direct formatting or by styles. For example, if you search for the <emph>Font</emph> attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_idN10688" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1069D" xml-lang="en-US">After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN106B0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want to search for text in which attributes were set by using direct formatting and styles, select the <emph>Including Styles</emph> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN106B0" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to search for text in which attributes were set by using direct formatting and styles, select the <emph>Including Styles</emph> box.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN106B7" xml-lang="en-US">The search criteria for attributes are listed below the <emph>Find</emph> box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To search for all font changes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To search for all font changes</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C5" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106CD" xml-lang="en-US">Clear the <emph>Find</emph> text box if necessary.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D5" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Attributes</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D5" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Attributes</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Font</emph> check box, and click OK.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Font</emph> check box, and click OK.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E8" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you now can read "Font" below the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F4" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Find Next</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F4" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Find Next</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106FB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">All places where a font change was applied, either directly or by assigning an appropriate style, are found.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106FE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">To reset the Find & Replace mode</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10702" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog to normal mode.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106FB" xml-lang="en-US">All places where a font change was applied, either directly or by assigning an appropriate style, are found.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106FE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To reset the Find & Replace mode</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10702" xml-lang="en-US">To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog to normal mode.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>No Format</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070C" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>No Format</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1071E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1071E" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog</paragraph> </section> </case> <default> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6837672" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialog for text documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6837672" xml-lang="en-US">Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialog for text documents.</paragraph> </default> </switch> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp index 54d665bd42..ef4eaeca40 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ <bookmark_value>large icons</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small icons</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="3"><variable id="flat_icons"><link href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp" name="Changing Icon Views">Changing Icon Size</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="flat_icons"><link href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp" name="Changing Icon Views">Changing Icon Size</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">You can change the icon view between small and large icons.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the icon view between small and large icons.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">On the <emph>View</emph> tab page, select the <emph>Toolbar icon size</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>View</emph> tab page, select the <emph>Toolbar icon size</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp index d7b4be6aea..fd30311764 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp @@ -41,76 +41,76 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/fontworkgallerydialog/FontworkGalleryDialog" id="bm_id3156416" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066D" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="fontwork"><link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork For Graphical Text Art</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066D" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fontwork"><link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork For Graphical Text Art</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can use Fontwork to create graphical text art objects.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10691" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To create a Fontwork object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068B" role="paragraph">You can use Fontwork to create graphical text art objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10691" role="heading" level="2">To create a Fontwork object</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0202200911373965" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you don't see the Drawing toolbar or the Fontwork toolbar, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars</item> to enable the toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0202200911373965" role="paragraph">If you don't see the Drawing toolbar or the Fontwork toolbar, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars</item> to enable the toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1069C" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">On the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar or on the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> icon. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1069C" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar or on the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> icon. <image id="img_id7040009" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7040009">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/fontworkgallerydialog/ctlFavorites" id="bm_id3156415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149761" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="55"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149761" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialog, select a Fontwork style and click OK.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10755" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2D to 3D and back.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A0" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialog, select a Fontwork style and click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10755" role="paragraph">The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2D to 3D and back.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A4" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Double-click the object to enter text edit mode.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A4" role="paragraph">Double-click the object to enter text edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Replace the default Fontwork text with your own text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D5" role="paragraph">Replace the default Fontwork text with your own text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Press Esc to exit text edit mode.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A8" role="paragraph">Press Esc to exit text edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To edit a Fontwork object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AE" role="heading" level="2">To edit a Fontwork object</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B5" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp"><emph>Fontwork</emph></link> toolbar is displayed. If you do not see the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Fontwork</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B5" role="paragraph">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B8" role="paragraph">The <link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp"><emph>Fontwork</emph></link> toolbar is displayed. If you do not see the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Fontwork</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click an icon in the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10839" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The following icons are available:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BC" role="paragraph">Click an icon in the <emph>Fontwork</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10839" role="paragraph">The following icons are available:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Fontwork Gallery - adds another Fontwork object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph">Fontwork Gallery - adds another Fontwork object</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Fontwork Shape - edits the shape</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C9" role="paragraph">Fontwork Shape - edits the shape</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106CD" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Fontwork Same Letter Heights - changes the height of characters</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106CD" role="paragraph">Fontwork Same Letter Heights - changes the height of characters</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Fontwork Alignment - aligns the text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph">Fontwork Alignment - aligns the text</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Fontwork Character Spacing - changes the character spacing and kerning</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D9" role="paragraph">Fontwork Character Spacing - changes the character spacing and kerning</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108CA" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To edit more Fontwork attributes</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108CA" role="heading" level="2">To edit more Fontwork attributes</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D1" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D1" role="paragraph">Click the Fontwork object. If the Fontwork object is inserted in the background, hold down the Ctrl key while you click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line color, fill color, fill style, and more.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D5" role="paragraph">Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line color, fill color, fill style, and more.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108E7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp">Fontwork toolbar</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108E7" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/fontwork_toolbar.xhp">Fontwork toolbar</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp#fntwrk"/> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp index ea6e263b8a..b3a7728db8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp @@ -35,47 +35,47 @@ <bookmark_value>press buttons, see push buttons</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>push buttons;adding to documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="5"><variable id="formfields"><link href="text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Buttons">Adding a Command Button to a Document</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formfields"><link href="text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Buttons">Adding a Command Button to a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10731" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077F" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add a Button to a Document </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10731" role="paragraph">You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077F" role="heading" level="2">To Add a Button to a Document </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Form Controls</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Form Controls</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">On the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A4" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="listitem">On the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A4" role="listitem">The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">In the document, drag to draw the button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159233" role="listitem">In the document, drag to draw the button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B2" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Control</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B2" role="listitem">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Control</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CD" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Specify the properties of the button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CD" role="listitem">Specify the properties of the button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154923" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">To change the button label, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and edit the text in the <emph>Label</emph> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154923" role="listitem">To change the button label, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and edit the text in the <emph>Label</emph> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147303" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>... </emph>button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.<comment>UFI: see #i34509#</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147303" role="listitem">To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>... </emph>button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.<comment>UFI: see #i34509#</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10814" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10814" role="listitem">Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147350" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="76">(Optional) Specify the properties of the form that the button belongs to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147350" role="listitem">(Optional) Specify the properties of the form that the button belongs to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10828" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Form</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10828" role="listitem">Right-click the button and choose <emph>Form</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1082F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1082F" role="listitem">The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10837" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10837" role="listitem">Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp index 000f865cd5..26949d5f0c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp @@ -42,67 +42,67 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;from Gallery</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="paragraph">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154306" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a theme.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154306" role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154516" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select an object using a single click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154516" role="listitem">Select an object using a single click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="listitem">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153061" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153061" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select a theme.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154140" role="listitem">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156282" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156282" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select a theme.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145607" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145607" role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147289" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147289" role="listitem">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145787" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="18">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145787" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152596" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Select a theme.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152596" role="listitem">Select a theme.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148617" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148617" role="listitem">Select an object by a single click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147443" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Drag the object on to the other object in the document while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147443" role="listitem">Drag the object on to the other object in the document while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp index 179dfb1cbf..11e48dc553 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp @@ -43,61 +43,61 @@ <bookmark_value>marking, see selecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw copied "frames;" and "selecting;" from shared/02/01140000.xhp; and deleted "selecting;group objects"; added 2 new entries and a see-reference</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2454298" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="groups"><link href="text/shared/guide/groups.xhp">Working with Groups</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2454298" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="groups"><link href="text/shared/guide/groups.xhp">Working with Groups</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2307199" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can combine several graphic objects into a group so that you can use them like a single object. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9983825" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can move, transform, resize, distort, or convert all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group any time to change the individual objects. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5734733" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id561540" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Groups can also be nested to form groups within other groups. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7705618" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To group objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2307199" role="paragraph">You can combine several graphic objects into a group so that you can use them like a single object. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9983825" role="paragraph">You can move, transform, resize, distort, or convert all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group any time to change the individual objects. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5734733" role="paragraph">You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id561540" role="paragraph">Groups can also be nested to form groups within other groups. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7705618" role="heading" level="3">To group objects</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id607013" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the objects together that you want to group. Hold down Shift while you click the individual objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id607013" role="paragraph">Select the objects together that you want to group. Hold down Shift while you click the individual objects.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click any of the selected objects to open the context menu. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1399578" role="paragraph">Right-click any of the selected objects to open the context menu. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Group</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6738792" role="note" l10n="NEW">To select the objects, you can also drag a selection frame around the objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id598162" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Group</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6738792" role="note">To select the objects, you can also drag a selection frame around the objects.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">For example, you can group all of the objects in a company logo to move and resize the logo as a single object.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After you have grouped objects, selecting any part of the group selects the entire group.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7424237" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To enter a group</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph">For example, you can group all of the objects in a company logo to move and resize the logo as a single object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph">After you have grouped objects, selecting any part of the group selects the entire group.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7424237" role="heading" level="3">To enter a group</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Enter Group</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id343943" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Enter Group</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you can select and edit a single object in the group.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8726767" role="paragraph">Now you can select and edit a single object in the group.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9141819" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To exit a group</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph">You can add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph">The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9141819" role="heading" level="3">To exit a group</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6354869" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6354869" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2685323" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Exit Group</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2685323" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Exit Group</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6042664" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To exit a group in Draw or Impress, you can also double-click anywhere outside the group.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7889950" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To ungroup a group</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6042664" role="paragraph">To exit a group in Draw or Impress, you can also double-click anywhere outside the group.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7889950" role="heading" level="3">To ungroup a group</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Ungroup</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1251258" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Ungroup</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you can select and edit all objects as individual objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8111819" role="paragraph">Now you can select and edit all objects as individual objects.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp#select_object"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp index e243a3a68e..e22fe361e8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp @@ -35,45 +35,45 @@ <bookmark_value>text attributes; hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>buttons;editing hyperlink buttons</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>URL;changing hyperlink URLs</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153910" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="11"><variable id="hyperlink_edit"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp" name="Editing Hyperlinks">Editing Hyperlinks</link> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153910" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_edit"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp" name="Editing Hyperlinks">Editing Hyperlinks</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4124881" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">When you <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-click a hyperlink in a Writer document, your web browser opens with the requested web address. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the hyperlink and open the context menu by Shift+F10, then choose Open Hyperlink.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="26">Change the text of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4124881" xml-lang="en-US">When you <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>-click a hyperlink in a Writer document, your web browser opens with the requested web address. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the hyperlink and open the context menu by Shift+F10, then choose Open Hyperlink.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change the text of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">In Writer documents, you can click anywhere into a hyperlink and edit the visible text. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US">In Writer documents, you can click anywhere into a hyperlink and edit the visible text. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id2690511" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you leave the hyperlink by positioning the cursor somewhere else, only the visible text will be changed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1983092" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you leave the hyperlink by entering a space character directly following the last character, the AutoCorrect - if enabled - will change the target URL to be the same as the visible text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id2690511" xml-lang="en-US">If you leave the hyperlink by positioning the cursor somewhere else, only the visible text will be changed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1983092" xml-lang="en-US">If you leave the hyperlink by entering a space character directly following the last character, the AutoCorrect - if enabled - will change the target URL to be the same as the visible text.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id333262" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialog to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id333262" xml-lang="en-US">In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialog to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158432" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="30">Change the URL of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158432" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change the URL of a hyperlink as follows</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="31">As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialog</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US">As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialog</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148686" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="33">Change the attribute of all hyperlinks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148686" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change the attribute of all hyperlinks</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">Open the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US">Open the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10826" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the Character Styles icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10826" xml-lang="en-US">Click the Character Styles icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1082C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Right-click the "Internet Link" or "Visited Internet Link" character style, and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1082C" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the "Internet Link" or "Visited Internet Link" character style, and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10834" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the dialog, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10834" xml-lang="en-US">In the dialog, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="34">Edit a hyperlink button</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">If the hyperlink is a button, click on the border to select it, or press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking. Open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog through the context menu. You can edit the label text under "Caption," and modify the address in the "URL" field.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit a hyperlink button</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US">If the hyperlink is a button, click on the border to select it, or press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking. Open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog through the context menu. You can edit the label text under "Caption," and modify the address in the "URL" field.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp#hyperlink_rel_abs"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp index 1ad1663468..729e634d00 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp @@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ <bookmark_value>links; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="hyperlink_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Hyperlinks">Inserting Hyperlinks</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Hyperlinks">Inserting Hyperlinks</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can insert hyperlinks in two ways: as text or as a button. In both cases, the visible text can be different from the URL.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert hyperlinks in two ways: as text or as a button. In both cases, the visible text can be different from the URL.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> appears.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">To jump to a specific line in a text document, first enter a bookmark at that position (<emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>). </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to a specific line in a text document, first enter a bookmark at that position (<emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>). </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1076D" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To jump to a cell in a spreadsheet, first enter a name for the cell (<emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1076D" xml-lang="en-US">To jump to a cell in a spreadsheet, first enter a name for the cell (<emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3152887" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">Hyperlinks can also be inserted by drag-and-drop from the Navigator. Hyperlinks can refer to references, headings, graphics, tables, objects, directories or bookmarks.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">If you wish to insert in a text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3152887" xml-lang="en-US">Hyperlinks can also be inserted by drag-and-drop from the Navigator. Hyperlinks can refer to references, headings, graphics, tables, objects, directories or bookmarks.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US">If you wish to insert in a text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp#hyperlink_rel_abs"/> <switch select="appl"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp index 28b8f6da8c..0813113c5d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; relative and absolute</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks, see also links</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="45"><variable id="hyperlink_rel_abs"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp" name="Relative and Absolute Links">Relative and Absolute Links</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_rel_abs"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp" name="Relative and Absolute Links">Relative and Absolute Links</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> and specify in the <emph>Save URLs relative to</emph> field if $[officename] creates <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative or absolute hyperlinks">relative or absolute hyperlinks</link>. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> and specify in the <emph>Save URLs relative to</emph> field if $[officename] creates <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative or absolute hyperlinks">relative or absolute hyperlinks</link>. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.</paragraph> @@ -48,19 +48,19 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159158" xml-lang="en-US">An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C hard drive: operating systems such as Unix or macOS do not recognize drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="50">A link to a web page, for example, "www.example.com" or "www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html" is an absolute link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US">A link to a web page, for example, "www.example.com" or "www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html" is an absolute link.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="51">$[officename] also reacts differently, depending on whether the file referred to in the link exists, and where it is located. $[officename] checks every new link and sets a target and protocol automatically. The result can be seen in the generated HTML code after saving the source document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] also reacts differently, depending on whether the file referred to in the link exists, and where it is located. $[officename] checks every new link and sets a target and protocol automatically. The result can be seen in the generated HTML code after saving the source document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145317" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">The following rules apply: A relative reference ("graphic/picture.gif") is only possible when both files exist on the same drive. If the files are on different drives in your local file system, the absolute reference follows the "file:" protocol ("file:///data1/xyz/picture.gif"). If the files are on different servers or if the target of the link is not available, the absolute reference uses the "http:" protocol ("http://data2/abc/picture.gif").</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145317" xml-lang="en-US">The following rules apply: A relative reference ("graphic/picture.gif") is only possible when both files exist on the same drive. If the files are on different drives in your local file system, the absolute reference follows the "file:" protocol ("file:///data1/xyz/picture.gif"). If the files are on different servers or if the target of the link is not available, the absolute reference uses the "http:" protocol ("http://data2/abc/picture.gif").</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="53">Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US">Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="54">When you rest your mouse on a hyperlink, a help tip displays the absolute reference, since $[officename] uses absolute path names internally. The complete path and address can only be seen when you view the result of the HTML export, by loading the HTML file as "Text" or opening it with a text editor.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153897" xml-lang="en-US">When you rest your mouse on a hyperlink, a help tip displays the absolute reference, since $[officename] uses absolute path names internally. The complete path and address can only be seen when you view the result of the HTML export, by loading the HTML file as "Text" or opening it with a text editor.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp#hyperlink_edit"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp index 5c16f01e2f..7b533217e7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp @@ -34,39 +34,39 @@ <bookmark_value>hotspots;adding to images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>URL;in pictures</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added 2 index entries</comment><comment>MW made "hotspots" a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10631" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="imagemap"><link href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp">Adding Clickable Hotspots to Images</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10631" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="imagemap"><link href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp">Adding Clickable Hotspots to Images</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1064F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An ImageMap allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a picture in your document. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10677" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To add a clickable hotspot to an image</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1064F" role="paragraph">An ImageMap allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a picture in your document. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066C" role="paragraph">You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10677" role="heading" level="2">To add a clickable hotspot to an image</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Position the cursor where you want the ImageMap in your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067E" role="paragraph">Position the cursor where you want the ImageMap in your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>, select and insert a bitmap image.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>, select and insert a bitmap image.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">With the image selected, choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>. You see the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>, which displays the image at the background.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068A" role="paragraph">With the image selected, choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>. You see the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>, which displays the image at the background.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the icons in the ImageMap Editor to draw a hotspot shape, for example a rectangle, over the image at the background.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can see an extended help text on the functions of each icon when you enable Extended Help in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A0" role="paragraph">Use the icons in the ImageMap Editor to draw a hotspot shape, for example a rectangle, over the image at the background.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="paragraph">You can see an extended help text on the functions of each icon when you enable Extended Help in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Enter the "Address" URL that will be shown in a Web browser when the user clicks the hotspot.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AB" role="paragraph">Enter the "Address" URL that will be shown in a Web browser when the user clicks the hotspot.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Optionally, enter the "Text" that will be shown as a tip when the user points the mouse to the hotspot.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AF" role="paragraph">Optionally, enter the "Text" that will be shown as a tip when the user points the mouse to the hotspot.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B3" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the Apply button to apply your changes, and close the ImageMap Editor.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B3" role="paragraph">Click the Apply button to apply your changes, and close the ImageMap Editor.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Save the document in the %PRODUCTNAME or HTML format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B7" role="paragraph">Save the document in the %PRODUCTNAME or HTML format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You may save the ImageMap as a file and upload that file to a Web server, for example.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BA" role="paragraph">You may save the ImageMap as a file and upload that file to a Web server, for example.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ss_imagemaps"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#cs_imagemaps"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp index b47d89e955..48056d273c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp @@ -46,39 +46,39 @@ <bookmark_value>converters; document converter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>files, see also documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW inserted cross-reference "files, see also documents"</comment><comment>MW changed "defaults;..."</comment><comment>ufi added "converters;document converter"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="import_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp" name="Opening documents saved in other formats">Opening documents saved in other formats</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="import_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp" name="Opening documents saved in other formats">Opening documents saved in other formats</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can open a document saved in another format by using the following procedure:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">You can open a document saved in another format by using the following procedure:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a format from the<emph> Files of type</emph> list.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Select a format from the<emph> Files of type</emph> list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select a file name and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">Select a file name and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Converting all documents of a folder</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Open the wizard, which guides you through the operation, to copy and convert all documents from Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel or Microsoft PowerPoint into OpenDocument file format documents. You can select a source and target directory, specify whether to convert documents and/or templates, and more besides.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US">If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Converting all documents of a folder</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US">Open the wizard, which guides you through the operation, to copy and convert all documents from Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel or Microsoft PowerPoint into OpenDocument file format documents. You can select a source and target directory, specify whether to convert documents and/or templates, and more besides.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4563127" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Opening HTML files in Writer</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4563127" role="heading" level="2">Opening HTML files in Writer</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9207434" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose the file type "HTML Document" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web. This is the default for HTML documents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7215491" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web are now available to you, such as <emph>Show HTML source</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9207434" role="listitem">Choose the file type "HTML Document" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web. This is the default for HTML documents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7215491" role="listitem">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web are now available to you, such as <emph>Show HTML source</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2299874" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose "HTML Document (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer)" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1727347" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer are now available to you. Not all options that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer offers for editing of documents can be saved in HTML format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2299874" role="listitem">Choose "HTML Document (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer)" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1727347" role="listitem">All the options of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer are now available to you. Not all options that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer offers for editing of documents can be saved in HTML format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148944" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Working with VBA code">Working with VBA code</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147264" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Setting the default file format">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148944" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Working with VBA code">Working with VBA code</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147264" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Setting the default file format">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp index 64eac4c28e..e6530fcf0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp @@ -50,68 +50,68 @@ <bookmark_value>pictures;filters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>filters;pictures</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "illustrations,..." a see-reference</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_bitmap"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_bitmap"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Inserting Bitmaps</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting Bitmaps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149236" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select the file. In the <emph>File type</emph> box you can restrict the selection to certain file types.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149236" xml-lang="en-US">Select the file. In the <emph>File type</emph> box you can restrict the selection to certain file types.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is marked, whenever the document is updated and loaded the bitmap image is reloaded. The editing steps that you have carried out in the local copy of the image in the document are re-applied and the image is displayed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is not marked, you are always working with the copy created when the graphic was first inserted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">To embed graphics that were first inserted as links, go to <emph>Edit - Links</emph> and click the <emph>Break Link</emph> button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is marked, whenever the document is updated and loaded the bitmap image is reloaded. The editing steps that you have carried out in the local copy of the image in the document are re-applied and the image is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is not marked, you are always working with the copy created when the graphic was first inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US">To embed graphics that were first inserted as links, go to <emph>Edit - Links</emph> and click the <emph>Break Link</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click <emph>Open</emph> to insert the image.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Open</emph> to insert the image.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Editing Bitmaps</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id187078" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW">Icons on the Image bar</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">When you select the bitmap image, the <emph>Image</emph> Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Bitmaps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id187078" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Icons on the Image bar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US">When you select the bitmap image, the <emph>Image</emph> Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154124" xml-lang="en-US">A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp" name="Image Filter"><emph>Image Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Image</emph> Bar. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7055574" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150105" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">In $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress, you can add text and graphics, select these objects together with the bitmap, and export the selection as a new bitmap image.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2572405" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="NEW">The Image dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7055574" xml-lang="en-US">The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US">Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150105" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress, you can add text and graphics, select these objects together with the bitmap, and export the selection as a new bitmap image.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2572405" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The Image dialog</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6457411" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6457411" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7991882" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Change the properties of the selected image, then click OK.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7991882" xml-lang="en-US">Change the properties of the selected image, then click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="16">Saving Bitmaps</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">If you want to save in a format such as GIF, JPEG or TIFF, you must select and export the bitmap image.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803544667" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To export a bitmap in Draw or Impress:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving Bitmaps</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152576" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to save in a format such as GIF, JPEG or TIFF, you must select and export the bitmap image.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803544667" xml-lang="en-US">To export a bitmap in Draw or Impress:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select the bitmap image. You can also select additional objects, such as text, to be exported with the image by pressing the shift key while selecting or by opening a selection frame around all objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155414" xml-lang="en-US">Select the bitmap image. You can also select additional objects, such as text, to be exported with the image by pressing the shift key while selecting or by opening a selection frame around all objects.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148618" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157139" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Export</emph> command writes the image with all applied filter effects to a file. The <emph>Save Image</emph> command in the context menu saves the image without any filter effects, if the image was inserted as a linked image. An embedded image will always be saved or exported with filters applied.<comment>see i70055</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148618" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157139" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Export</emph> command writes the image with all applied filter effects to a file. The <emph>Save Image</emph> command in the context menu saves the image without any filter effects, if the image was inserted as a linked image. An embedded image will always be saved or exported with filters applied.<comment>see i70055</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3083443" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">In the <emph>File format</emph> field, select the file format you want, for example GIF or JPEG.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3083443" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>File format</emph> field, select the file format you want, for example GIF or JPEG.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">If you only want to export the selected objects, mark the <emph>Selection</emph> box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150874" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">If <emph>Selection</emph> is not marked, the entire page of the document is exported.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US">If you only want to export the selected objects, mark the <emph>Selection</emph> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150874" xml-lang="en-US">If <emph>Selection</emph> is not marked, the entire page of the document is exported.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">Enter a name for the file and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149417" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name for the file and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SaveGraphic" id="bm_id0801200803523126" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803525078" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803525078" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp#imagemap"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp index bbca74047b..bd20c0c509 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp @@ -47,48 +47,47 @@ <bookmark_value>editing;draw objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;scaling/resizing</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "graphic objects, see also..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="11"><variable id="insert_graphic_drawit"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp" name="Editing Graphic Objects">Editing Graphic Objects</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="insert_graphic_drawit"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp" name="Editing Graphic Objects">Editing Graphic Objects</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Drawing</emph> to open the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, if it is not already open.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166460" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">Drawing objects can be subsequently edited and modified. Drawing objects created in this way are vector graphics, which you can scale freely without any loss of quality.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">To create a rectangle, click the rectangle icon and move your cursor to the place in the document where you want one corner of the rectangle to be. Press the mouse button and hold it down while dragging to the opposite corner of the rectangle. When you release the mouse button, the rectangle is inserted in the document. It is selected, and you can edit its properties through the context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Drawing</emph> to open the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, if it is not already open.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166460" role="paragraph">Drawing objects can be subsequently edited and modified. Drawing objects created in this way are vector graphics, which you can scale freely without any loss of quality.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="paragraph">To create a rectangle, click the rectangle icon and move your cursor to the place in the document where you want one corner of the rectangle to be. Press the mouse button and hold it down while dragging to the opposite corner of the rectangle. When you release the mouse button, the rectangle is inserted in the document. It is selected, and you can edit its properties through the context menu.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="13"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">To draw multiple objects of the same type, double-click the icon. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">To draw multiple objects of the same type, double-click the icon. </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">To draw multiple objects of the same type, double-click the icon. </caseinline><defaultinline>Draw multiple objects of the same type. Click the document without moving the mouse to stop drawing objects.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">If you want to open up draw objects from the center instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="listitem">If you want to open up draw objects from the center instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9448225" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">Holding down the Shift key while dragging restricts the created object. For example, instead of a rectangle you get a square, instead of an ellipse you get a circle. When you drag a handle of an existing object with Shift held down, the aspect ratio of the object is retained.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9448225" role="listitem">Holding down the Shift key while dragging restricts the created object. For example, instead of a rectangle you get a square, instead of an ellipse you get a circle. When you drag a handle of an existing object with Shift held down, the aspect ratio of the object is retained.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153626" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">To scale the objects, first select them by clicking on them with the selection tool. You then see eight handles around the object. When you drag one of the four corner handles, the opposite corner remains fixed while the other three corners move. When you drag one of the side handles, the opposite side remains fixed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153626" role="listitem">To scale the objects, first select them by clicking on them with the selection tool. You then see eight handles around the object. When you drag one of the four corner handles, the opposite corner remains fixed while the other three corners move. When you drag one of the side handles, the opposite side remains fixed.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id224616" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To scale a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id224616" role="listitem">To scale a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab repeatedly to highlight one of the handles. Then press an arrow key. To scale in smaller steps, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while pressing an arrow key. Press Esc to leave the point edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149669" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">To move draw objects, first select them. To select more than one object, press the Shift key while clicking. Select text objects by clicking exactly on their edge. While holding down the mouse button, drag the objects to the new location.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149669" role="listitem">To move draw objects, first select them. To select more than one object, press the Shift key while clicking. Select text objects by clicking exactly on their edge. While holding down the mouse button, drag the objects to the new location.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7199316" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To move a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press an arrow key. To move in smaller steps, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7199316" role="listitem">To move a draw object using the keyboard, first select the object, then press an arrow key. To move in smaller steps, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while pressing an arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7133399316" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To enter text to be a part of a graphics object, select the object and start typing your text. Click outside the object to end entering text. Double-click text inside an object to edit the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7133399316" role="listitem">To enter text to be a part of a graphics object, select the object and start typing your text. Click outside the object to end entering text. Double-click text inside an object to edit the text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">To revert to normal mode after creating and editing draw objects, click in an area of the document containing no objects. If you see a drawing cursor, first exit this mode by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156422" role="note">To revert to normal mode after creating and editing draw objects, click in an area of the document containing no objects. If you see a drawing cursor, first exit this mode by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145785" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Information about the individual icons">Information about the individual icons</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145785" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Information about the individual icons">Information about the individual icons</link></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> </case> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp index 853afb05cb..c3de81def3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp @@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ <bookmark_value>accents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>compose key to insert special characters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_specialchar"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp" name="Inserting Special Characters">Inserting Special Characters</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_specialchar"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp" name="Inserting Special Characters">Inserting Special Characters</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">To view a selection of all characters, choose <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">To view a selection of all characters, choose <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the large selection field click the desired character or several characters in succession. The characters are displayed at the bottom of the dialog. When you close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>, all displayed characters in the selected font are inserted in the current document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">In the large selection field click the desired character or several characters in succession. The characters are displayed at the bottom of the dialog. When you close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>, all displayed characters in the selected font are inserted in the current document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155630" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">At present there are three ways of entering letters with accents directly from the keyboard. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155630" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">At present there are three ways of entering letters with accents directly from the keyboard. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Linux / NetBSD:</emph> Using the dead-keys. In an xterm window first press the (´) or (`) key. The character should not appear on the screen. Now press a letter, such as "e". The e is given an accent, é or è. If not, then check in the XF86Config file if a "nodeadkeys" XkbdVariant has been loaded there and replace it. You may also have set the environment variable SAL_NO_DEADKEYS, which deactivates the dead-keys. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Linux / NetBSD:</emph> Using the dead-keys. In an xterm window first press the (´) or (`) key. The character should not appear on the screen. Now press a letter, such as "e". The e is given an accent, é or è. If not, then check in the XF86Config file if a "nodeadkeys" XkbdVariant has been loaded there and replace it. You may also have set the environment variable SAL_NO_DEADKEYS, which deactivates the dead-keys. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>All Unix systems:</emph> (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>All Unix systems:</emph> (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special Characters">Special Characters</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special Characters">Special Characters</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp index 71d2de8d05..5a709a6c14 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp @@ -34,23 +34,23 @@ <bookmark_value>UNO components;integrating new</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>installing;UNO components</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="7"><variable id="integratinguno"><link href="text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp" name="Integrating new UNO components">Integrating new UNO components</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="integratinguno"><link href="text/shared/guide/integratinguno.xhp" name="Integrating new UNO components">Integrating new UNO components</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">Programmers can write and integrate their own UNO (Universal Network Objects) components to $[officename]. Those new components can be added to the $[officename] menus and toolbars; we call them "Add-Ons".</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">The integration of new components is supported by some tools and services. Details can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide. The three main steps are as follows:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">Programmers can write and integrate their own UNO (Universal Network Objects) components to $[officename]. Those new components can be added to the $[officename] menus and toolbars; we call them "Add-Ons".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US">The integration of new components is supported by some tools and services. Details can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide. The three main steps are as follows:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Register the new components within $[officename]. This can be accomplished using the tool <item type="literal">unopkg</item>, which can be found in {installpath}<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">/ +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Register the new components within $[officename]. This can be accomplished using the tool <item type="literal">unopkg</item>, which can be found in {installpath}<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">/ </caseinline><defaultinline>\</defaultinline></switchinline>program.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Integrate the new components as services. The ProtocolHandler and JobDispatch services assist you; more information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Integrate the new components as services. The ProtocolHandler and JobDispatch services assist you; more information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Change the user interface (menus or toolbars). This can be done almost automatically by writing an XML text file that describes the changes. More information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">Change the user interface (menus or toolbars). This can be done almost automatically by writing an XML text file that describes the changes. More information can be found in the $[officename] Developer's Guide.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">The Add-Ons can extend the functionality of $[officename]. They are not related to the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="Add-Ins">Add-Ins</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US">The Add-Ons can extend the functionality of $[officename]. They are not related to the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="Add-Ins">Add-Ins</link> </caseinline><defaultinline>Add-Ins</defaultinline></switchinline> that provide new functions for $[officename] Calc.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp index bfc4ac95b2..24566ca127 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -30,401 +30,375 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3158421"><bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158421" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="52"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility)">Shortcuts (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Accessibility)</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158421" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility)">Shortcuts (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Accessibility)</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159201" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can control <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24">On each module's main help page (for example, the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer or <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159201" role="paragraph">You can control <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph">On each module's main help page (for example, the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer or <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="paragraph">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3166460" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="22">Working with the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> user interface without mouse</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154749" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="39">Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156329" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="38">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3166460" role="heading" level="2" >Working with the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> user interface without mouse</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154749" role="heading" level="3" >Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156329" role="paragraph">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">menu bar,</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem">menu bar,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149234" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">every toolbar from top to bottom and from left to right,</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149234" role="listitem">every toolbar from top to bottom and from left to right,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147618" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">every free window from left to right,</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147618" role="listitem">every free window from left to right,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154514" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154514" role="listitem">document</paragraph> </listitem> </list><comment>removed para about Ctrl+Tab</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153252" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press Shift+F6 to switch through objects in the opposite direction.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152473" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153252" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F6 to switch through objects in the opposite direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152473" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to switch to the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152360" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="29">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3161656" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="21">Calling a menu command</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151056" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152360" role="paragraph">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="paragraph">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3161656" role="heading" level="3" >Calling a menu command</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151056" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> or F6 or F10 to select the first menu (the <emph>File</emph> menu). With right arrow, the next menu to the right is selected; with left arrow, the previous menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147086" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="17">Executing an icon command</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144433" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147086" role="heading" level="3" >Executing an icon command</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" role="paragraph">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144433" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153968" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153968" role="listitem">Pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on an icon for creating a draw object. A draw object will be placed into the middle of the view, with a predefined size.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150449" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150449" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to set the focus into the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150440" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="14">Special hints for toolbars</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149983" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145365" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151119" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="11">Selection from a combo box</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="paragraph">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150440" role="heading" level="3" >Special hints for toolbars</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149983" role="paragraph">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145365" role="paragraph">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151119" role="heading" level="3" >Selection from a combo box</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147427"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146986" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146986" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3148645" src="res/helpimg/zellvor.png" width="1.15in" height="0.3165in" localize="true"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148645">Combo box</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149666" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select the combo box. Press Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155366" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="9">Use the down arrow or Page Down key to scroll down the combo box entries, or the up arrow or Page Up key to scroll upwards. The Home key takes you to the first entry and the End key takes you to the last entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145749" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Enter to execute the selected entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149666" role="paragraph">Select the combo box. Press Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155366" role="paragraph">Use the down arrow or Page Down key to scroll down the combo box entries, or the up arrow or Page Up key to scroll upwards. The Home key takes you to the first entry and the End key takes you to the last entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145749" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected entry.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150685" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="41">Selection in Tables</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154320" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150685" role="heading" level="3" >Selection in Tables</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154320" role="paragraph">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154014" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154014" role="listitem">Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147396" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar: switches between selection of the current row and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149488" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149488" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+spacebar: switches between selection of the current column and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156286" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="73"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156286" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow: moves the window separator between table and form, for instance in the bibliography database.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145251" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="147">In a table control or in the data source view, the Tab key moves to the next column. To move to the next control, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145251" role="listitem">In a table control or in the data source view, the Tab key moves to the next column. To move to the next control, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab. To move to the previous control, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150592" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="7">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150592" role="heading" level="3">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153221" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153221" role="listitem">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148456" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">A system menu opens with menu commands like <emph>Move</emph>, <emph>Resize</emph> and <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148456" role="listitem">A system menu opens with menu commands like <emph>Move</emph>, <emph>Resize</emph> and <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149400" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose a command (down arrow, then Enter).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149400" role="listitem">Choose a command (down arrow, then Enter).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155083" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155083" role="listitem">Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147497" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147497" role="listitem">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146988" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="150">Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146988" role="heading" level="3" >Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="151">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="listitem">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153707" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="152">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153707" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154479" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="148">Selecting objects</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148993" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="149">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152962" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="54">Edit Objects</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155766" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="55">Edit Position and Size of Objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154479" role="heading" level="3" >Selecting objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148993" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152962" role="heading" level="3" >Edit Objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155766" role="heading" level="3" >Edit Position and Size of Objects</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148405" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145619" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">Set the grid resolution unit with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph> in the <emph>Resolution</emph> area. If you enter a number greater than 1 in the <emph>Subdivision</emph> area, you must press the arrow key as often as the number states to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148405" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145619" role="listitem">Set the grid resolution unit with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph> in the <emph>Resolution</emph> area. If you enter a number greater than 1 in the <emph>Subdivision</emph> area, you must press the arrow key as often as the number states to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166450" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Use the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166450" role="listitem">Use the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and arrow keys to move the selected object by one pixel.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147345" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="59">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147345" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to enter the handle edit mode. The upper left handle is the active handle, it starts blinking. Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to select the next handle. Press Escape to exit the handle edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149565" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="60">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149565" role="listitem">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147361" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="61">Edit the Anchors of Objects</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148534" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147361" role="heading" level="3" >Edit the Anchors of Objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148534" role="paragraph">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163808" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="63">Select the object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163808" role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150646" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="64">Enter the handle edit mode with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150646" role="listitem">Enter the handle edit mode with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150940" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">The upper left handle starts blinking. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150940" role="listitem">The upper left handle starts blinking. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab several times, until no handle blinks. This signals that now the anchor of the object is activated. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In text documents you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to activate the anchor directly. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153919" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">Use the arrow keys to move the anchor. The object follows the anchor as appropriate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153919" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the anchor. The object follows the anchor as appropriate.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152582" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="67">You can change the anchor of the selected object for example in the object's context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152582" role="paragraph">You can change the anchor of the selected object for example in the object's context menu.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148393" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">If the object is anchored <emph>To Paragraph</emph>, the arrow keys move the object to the previous or next paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148393" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To Paragraph</emph>, the arrow keys move the object to the previous or next paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145615" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145615" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145135" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="70">If the object is anchored <emph>To character</emph>, the Arrow keys move it through the current paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145135" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To character</emph>, the Arrow keys move it through the current paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145256" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="71">If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145256" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="72">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149527" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153270" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="133">Controlling the Dividing Lines</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158413" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="134">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153270" role="heading" level="3" >Controlling the Dividing Lines</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158413" role="paragraph">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149814" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="135">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149814" role="listitem">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6: shows the dividing lines at default positions and focus a line.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158444" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="136">Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a big step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158444" role="listitem">Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a big step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163668" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="137">Shift+Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a small step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163668" role="listitem">Shift+Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a small step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148426" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="138">Delete: deletes the current dividing line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148426" role="listitem">Delete: deletes the current dividing line</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="139">Shift+Delete: deletes both dividing lines</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: deletes both dividing lines</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150383" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="140">Enter: fixes the current position of the dividing lines</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150383" role="listitem">Enter: fixes the current position of the dividing lines</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150369" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="141">Escape: resets the current dividing line to its default position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150369" role="listitem">Escape: resets the current dividing line to its default position</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="datenquellentext"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154492" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="112">Controlling the Data Source View</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="113">F4: opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159109" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="114">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153229" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="115">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150312" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="116">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154368" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="117"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154492" role="heading" level="2" >Controlling the Data Source View</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="paragraph">F4: opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159109" role="paragraph">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153229" role="paragraph">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150312" role="paragraph">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154368" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+E: switches between data source explorer and table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147171" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="118">Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152455" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="119">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="120"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147171" role="heading" level="3" >Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152455" role="paragraph">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down arrow: moves the border between table view and selection area up or down.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156288" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="121">Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156166" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="122"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156288" role="heading" level="3" >Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156166" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key: moves the selected table in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147310" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="123"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147310" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow key: resizes the selected table in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152986" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="124">Del: removes the selected table or connection from the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145384" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="125">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154529" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="126">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159624" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="127">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153816" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="128">Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152896" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="146"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152986" role="paragraph">Del: removes the selected table or connection from the table view.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145384" role="paragraph">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154529" role="paragraph">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159624" role="paragraph">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153816" role="heading" level="3" >Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152896" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Arrow or Right Arrow: moves the selected column to the left or to the right.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146152" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="131">Keys in the Table Design Window</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151243" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="132">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146152" role="heading" level="3" >Keys in the Table Design Window</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151243" role="paragraph">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph> </section> <section id="imagemaptext"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145075" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="74">Controlling the ImageMap Editor</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145075" role="heading" level="2" >Controlling the ImageMap Editor</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="75">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159096" role="listitem">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156016" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="76">If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156016" role="listitem">If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149587" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="77">If the <emph>Select</emph> icon is selected and you press Ctrl+Enter, the first object in the image window gets selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149587" role="listitem">If the <emph>Select</emph> icon is selected and you press Ctrl+Enter, the first object in the image window gets selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154343" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="78">Use the icon <emph>Edit Points</emph> to switch into the point edit mode for polygons and back.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154343" role="listitem">Use the icon <emph>Edit Points</emph> to switch into the point edit mode for polygons and back.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147073" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="79">Use Ctrl+Tab in the image window to select the next point. Use Shift+Ctrl+Tab to select the previous point.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147073" role="listitem">Use Ctrl+Tab in the image window to select the next point. Use Shift+Ctrl+Tab to select the previous point.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153285" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="80">Use the Delete key with the focus in the image window to delete the selected object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153285" role="listitem">Use the Delete key with the focus in the image window to delete the selected object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145377" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="46">Controlling the Help</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149441" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp" name="Extended Tips">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154960" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="48">Navigating the main help pages</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145377" role="heading" level="2" >Controlling the Help</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149441" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp" name="Extended Tips">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154960" role="heading" level="3" >Navigating the main help pages</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151300" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151300" role="listitem">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155537" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">Press Enter to execute the selected hyperlink.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155537" role="listitem">Press Enter to execute the selected hyperlink.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154912" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154912" role="listitem">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150894" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="81">Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153975" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="82">Ruler</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150894" role="heading" level="2" >Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153975" role="heading" level="3" >Ruler</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152869" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="83">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152869" role="listitem">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151000" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="84">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: jump to the previous or to the next split</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151000" role="listitem">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: jump to the previous or to the next split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159203" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="85">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: move a split one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159203" role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: move a split one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154538" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="86">Home or End: jump to the first or the last possible position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154538" role="listitem">Home or End: jump to the first or the last possible position</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="87">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: jump to the first or the last split</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155382" role="listitem">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: jump to the first or the last split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="88">Shift+Ctrl+Home or Shift+Ctrl+End: move split to the first or to the last position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="listitem">Shift+Ctrl+Home or Shift+Ctrl+End: move split to the first or to the last position</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145195" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="89">Space key: insert or remove a split</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145195" role="listitem">Space key: insert or remove a split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154647" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="90">Insert key: insert a split (leave existing splits unchanged)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154647" role="listitem">Insert key: insert a split (leave existing splits unchanged)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154765" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="91">Delete key: delete a split</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154765" role="listitem">Delete key: delete a split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154650" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="92">Shift+Delete: delete all splits</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154650" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: delete all splits</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145368" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="93">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145368" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="94">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147492" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="95">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147492" role="listitem">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145216" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="96">Preview</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145216" role="heading" level="3" >Preview</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="97">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150780" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="98">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: move focus to the left or to the right column (does not change selection)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150780" role="listitem">Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Right Arrow: move focus to the left or to the right column (does not change selection)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153811" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="99">Shift+Left Arrow or Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153811" role="listitem">Shift+Left Arrow or Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146962" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="100">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range (does not change other selections)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146962" role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range (does not change other selections)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147512" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="101">Home or End: select the first or the last column (use Shift or Ctrl as with cursor keys)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147512" role="listitem">Home or End: select the first or the last column (use Shift or Ctrl as with cursor keys)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154733" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="104">Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154733" role="listitem">Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154171" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="105">Ctrl+Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column (does not change other selections)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154171" role="listitem">Ctrl+Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column (does not change other selections)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156368" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="106">Ctrl+A: select all columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156368" role="listitem">Ctrl+A: select all columns</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151192" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="107">Shift+F10: open a context menu</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151192" role="listitem">Shift+F10: open a context menu</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150416" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="108">Ctrl+1 ... Ctrl+7: set the 1st ... 7th column type for the selected columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150416" role="listitem">Ctrl+1 ... Ctrl+7: set the 1st ... 7th column type for the selected columns</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166442" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="109">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166442" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146103" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="110">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146103" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="111">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="listitem">Ctrl+Home or Ctrl+End: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153298" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="142">Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153298" role="heading" level="2" >Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153073" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="143">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153073" role="listitem">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153295" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="144"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153295" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow opens a combo box. Enter selects the current entry in the combo box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153958" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="145">Arrow buttons move through the main selection area. Spacebar adds the current character to the list of characters to be inserted.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153958" role="listitem">Arrow buttons move through the main selection area. Spacebar adds the current character to the list of characters to be inserted.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp index beec836ab4..2faefa4862 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp @@ -34,39 +34,39 @@ <bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synchronizing;labels and business cards</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "synchronizing..." a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp" name="Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp" name="Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="81">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="70">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147654" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="82">Designing Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147654" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Format</emph>, define the label format.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="83">$[officename] Writer contains many formats of commercially available sheets for labels, badges, and business cards. You can also add other, user-defined formats.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Format</emph>, define the label format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer contains many formats of commercially available sheets for labels, badges, and business cards. You can also add other, user-defined formats.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3143271" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Inscription</emph>, you can choose what you want written on the labels.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="84">This often involves database fields, so that the labels can be printed with varying content, when sending "Form Letters" for example. It is also possible to have the same text printed on every label.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="85">Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147560" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">On the <emph>Format</emph> tab you can define your own label formats, not covered by the predefined formats. To do this, select "User" from the <emph>Type</emph> list box. On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, you can specify whether all labels or only certain ones are to be created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3143271" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Inscription</emph>, you can choose what you want written on the labels.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">This often involves database fields, so that the labels can be printed with varying content, when sending "Form Letters" for example. It is also possible to have the same text printed on every label.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US">Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147560" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Format</emph> tab you can define your own label formats, not covered by the predefined formats. To do this, select "User" from the <emph>Type</emph> list box. On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, you can specify whether all labels or only certain ones are to be created.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149767" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click on <emph>New Document</emph> to create a new document with the settings you have entered.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149767" xml-lang="en-US">Click on <emph>New Document</emph> to create a new document with the settings you have entered.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="86">As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US">As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="88"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards">Business Cards</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards">Business Cards</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp index 4202c69f1a..f4a41eb99d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp @@ -32,37 +32,36 @@ <bookmark_value>stickers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating labels</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147399" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="34"><variable id="labels_database"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp" name="Printing Address Labels">Printing Address Labels</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147399" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="labels_database"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp" name="Printing Address Labels">Printing Address Labels</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153824" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153824" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="37">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets you want to print on. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets you want to print on. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370863" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose the database and table from which to get the data.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370863" role="paragraph">Choose the database and table from which to get the data.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id013020090337089" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a database field of which you want to print the contents. Click the button that shows a left arrow to insert the database field into the Label Text box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370930" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Continue to select and insert database fields if you want more fields on every label. You can press Enter to insert a new line, and you can type any character to insert fixed text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id013020090337089" role="paragraph">Select a database field of which you want to print the contents. Click the button that shows a left arrow to insert the database field into the Label Text box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370930" role="paragraph">Continue to select and insert database fields if you want more fields on every label. You can press Enter to insert a new line, and you can type any character to insert fixed text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370924" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialog box a small window opens with a Synchronize button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronize button to copy your work to every label of the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200903370924" role="paragraph">Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialog box a small window opens with a Synchronize button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronize button to copy your work to every label of the document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10687" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>New Document</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10687" role="paragraph">Click <emph>New Document</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148685" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">When you see the label document, you might want to temporarily enable <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item>. This displays the fields in a more visible manner, so that you can arrange and edit label contents more easily.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148685" role="paragraph">When you see the label document, you might want to temporarily enable <item type="menuitem">View - Field Names</item>. This displays the fields in a more visible manner, so that you can arrange and edit label contents more easily.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148484" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">You can save and/or print the label document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148484" role="paragraph">You can save and/or print the label document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8476821" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog. In the Mail Merge dialog, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8476821" role="paragraph">When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog. In the Mail Merge dialog, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp index ee157a506d..cc7ef4eec9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp @@ -38,174 +38,172 @@ <bookmark_value>spellcheck; default languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries, see also languages</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "applying;" and changed "languages;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3083278" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="language_select"><link href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp" name="Selecting the Document Language">Selecting the Document Language</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3083278" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="language_select"><link href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp" name="Selecting the Document Language">Selecting the Document Language</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153093" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">The language you select applies to the whole document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153093" role="listitem">The language you select applies to the whole document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Within the document, you can apply a separate language to any paragraph style. This has priority over the language of the whole document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152578" role="listitem">Within the document, you can apply a separate language to any paragraph style. This has priority over the language of the whole document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152886" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152886" role="listitem">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146121" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Selecting a language for the whole document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146121" role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for the whole document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="listitem">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152938" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152938" role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150872" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145367" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145367" role="listitem">Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166413" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166413" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156283" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154942" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156283" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154942" role="listitem">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145801" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="15">Applying a language directly to selected text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145801" role="heading" level="2" >Applying a language directly to selected text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148455" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148455" role="listitem">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159348" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159348" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155600" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155600" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154510" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154510" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154164" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154272" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="21">Selecting a language for a Character Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154164" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154272" role="heading" level="2" >Selecting a language for a Character Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145649" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Open the Styles and Formatting window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145649" role="listitem">Open the Styles and Formatting window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146792" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Click on the name of the character style to which you want to apply a different language.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146792" role="listitem">Click on the name of the character style to which you want to apply a different language.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150753" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Then open the context menu in the Styles and Formatting window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150753" role="listitem">Then open the context menu in the Styles and Formatting window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150321" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150321" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154756" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155766" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154756" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155766" role="listitem">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list><comment>UFI: see i76182</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8703268" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding More Text Languages</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8703268" role="heading" level="2">Adding More Text Languages</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7919248" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7919248" role="paragraph">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5174108" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a dictionary in the list of descriptions. Click the heading in a dictionary description that you want to get.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5174108" role="paragraph">Select a dictionary in the list of descriptions. Click the heading in a dictionary description that you want to get.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2897427" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the next page, click the Get It icon to download the dictionary extension. Note the folder name to which your browser downloads the file. Download additional dictionaries as you like.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2897427" role="paragraph">In the next page, click the Get It icon to download the dictionary extension. Note the folder name to which your browser downloads the file. Download additional dictionaries as you like.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3906979" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> and click Add to install the downloaded extensions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3906979" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> and click Add to install the downloaded extensions.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0220200911174493" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0220200911174493" role="paragraph">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9100924" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Setting UI Language</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2761314" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3912778" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9100924" role="heading" level="2">Setting UI Language</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2761314" role="paragraph">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3912778" role="paragraph">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163853" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163853" role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id121158" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id121158" role="paragraph">Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3806878" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click OK and restart the %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3806878" role="paragraph">Click OK and restart the %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id130619" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id130619" role="paragraph">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9999694" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Adding More UI Languages</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9999694" role="heading" level="2">Adding More UI Languages</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852901" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852901" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791925" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Run %PRODUCTNAME installer, choose Modify, then select the language that you would like to install from the Additional user interface languages group.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791925" role="paragraph">Run %PRODUCTNAME installer, choose Modify, then select the language that you would like to install from the Additional user interface languages group.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> <case select="UNIX"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852903" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">If you use %PRODUCTNAME packages maintaned by your Linux distribution, follow the steps below.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852903" role="paragraph">If you use %PRODUCTNAME packages maintaned by your Linux distribution, follow the steps below.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852902" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852902" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791926" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open your favourite package manager, look for %PRODUCTNAME language packs, and install the languages that you would like to use.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791926" role="paragraph">Open your favourite package manager, look for %PRODUCTNAME language packs, and install the languages that you would like to use.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852904" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">If you downloaded %PRODUCTNAME packages from the main %PRODUCTNAME Web site, follow the steps below.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852904" role="paragraph">If you downloaded %PRODUCTNAME packages from the main %PRODUCTNAME Web site, follow the steps below.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2216559" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2216559" role="paragraph">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869502" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869502" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852900" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852900" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791924" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Install the language pack. Unpack tar.gz file and install the packages according to standard practice on your platform.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791924" role="paragraph">Install the language pack. Unpack tar.gz file and install the packages according to standard practice on your platform.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> <case select="MAC"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id221655a" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id221655a" role="paragraph">Open your Web browser and enter <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/download/">http://www.libreoffice.org/download/</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869503" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869503" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852905" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852905" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791927" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Install the language pack by double-clicking the dmg file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791927" role="paragraph">Install the language pack by double-clicking the dmg file.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> </switch> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150043" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="28"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152483" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="29"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Format - Character - Font">Format - Character - Font</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150043" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="Language Settings - Languages">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152483" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Format - Character - Font">Format - Character - Font</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp index 2cd13ebfd8..7e1c6d899c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp @@ -35,90 +35,90 @@ <bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143206" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="36"><variable id="line_intext"><link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp" name="Drawing Lines in Text">Drawing Lines in Text</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143206" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="line_intext"><link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp" name="Drawing Lines in Text">Drawing Lines in Text</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39">To define the line attributes and direction, use the <emph>Line</emph> drawing object as follows:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US">You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">To define the line attributes and direction, use the <emph>Line</emph> drawing object as follows:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153031"> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3166410" src="cmd/sc_insertdraw.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3154285" src="cmd/sc_line.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="66">1.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153254" xml-lang="en-US">1.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="41">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="67">2.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US">2.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">In your document, click where the line should begin. Hold down the mouse button and drag to the point where you want the line to end. If you also hold down the Shift key, you can draw only horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US">In your document, click where the line should begin. Hold down the mouse button and drag to the point where you want the line to end. If you also hold down the Shift key, you can draw only horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3159413" src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151056" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="68">3.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151056" xml-lang="en-US">3.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="43">Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US">Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="69">4.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US">4.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159149" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159149" xml-lang="en-US">After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US">Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="64">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Borders"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Borders"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG">Automatic lines in Writer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic lines in Writer</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107CC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8849452" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores ( _ ), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107CC" xml-lang="en-US">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8849452" xml-lang="en-US">To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores ( _ ), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">To remove an automatically drawn border, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> and select no border.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D0" xml-lang="en-US">To remove an automatically drawn border, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> and select no border.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To undo an automatic border replacement once, choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D8" xml-lang="en-US">To undo an automatic border replacement once, choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107E0" xml-lang="en-US">To disable the automatic borders, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> and clear <emph>Apply border</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link>, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id641804" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US">The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link>, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id641804" xml-lang="en-US">When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154188" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="65"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Borders">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154188" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Borders">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp index 28c1ea25fd..f0b18727b6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp @@ -31,28 +31,28 @@ <bookmark_value>arrows; defining arrow heads</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;defining ends</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "line ends;" to "lines;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146117" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="14"><variable id="lineend_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp" name="Defining Line Ends">Defining Line Ends</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146117" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="lineend_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp" name="Defining Line Ends">Defining Line Ends</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">You can define any object to be included in the list of available line ends.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US">You can define any object to be included in the list of available line ends.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Use the draw functions to create an object to be used as a line end.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US">Use the draw functions to create an object to be used as a line end.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149795" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="17">Select the object and choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Drawing Object - </emph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149795" xml-lang="en-US">Select the object and choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Drawing Object - </emph> </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph> </caseinline></switchinline> <emph>Line</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">In the dialog, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">In the dialog, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149765" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Click <emph>Add</emph> and assign a name to the new arrow style.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149765" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add</emph> and assign a name to the new arrow style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp index 5c034647ae..834b3e6546 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp @@ -30,28 +30,28 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153825"><bookmark_value>line styles;defining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;line styles</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="linestyle_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp" name="Defining Line Styles">Defining Line Styles</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="linestyle_define"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp" name="Defining Line Styles">Defining Line Styles</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select a line drawing object in a document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880" xml-lang="en-US">Select a line drawing object in a document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155419" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Drawing Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Line</emph> and click the <emph>Line Styles</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155449" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Specify the line options that you want.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150791" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To specify the length of the line as a percentage of the line width, select <emph>Fit to line width</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155449" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the line options that you want.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150791" xml-lang="en-US">To specify the length of the line as a percentage of the line width, select <emph>Fit to line width</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152920" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152920" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145606" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="17">Enter a name for the line style and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149202" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">To save the line style in a custom line style list, click the <emph>Save Line Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145606" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name for the line style and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149202" xml-lang="en-US">To save the line style in a custom line style list, click the <emph>Save Line Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp index 8122ee90b3..c24942c2cf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp @@ -35,25 +35,25 @@ <bookmark_value>arrows; defining arrow lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line styles; applying</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153884" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="3"><variable id="linestyles"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp" name="Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar">Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153884" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="linestyles"><link href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp" name="Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar">Applying Line Styles Using the Toolbar</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150669" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">The <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar contains icons and combo boxes to define various line attributes.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150669" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar contains icons and combo boxes to define various line attributes.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon <image id="img_id3144510" src="cmd/sc_formatline.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144510" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph> icon +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D6" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph> icon <image id="img_id5858221" src="cmd/sc_lineendstyle.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id5858221" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> to select an arrow style for the right and left ends of a line.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Select a style from the <emph>Line Style</emph> box and specify the width in the <emph>Line Width</emph> box. A width of 0 corresponds to 1 pixel.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US">Select a style from the <emph>Line Style</emph> box and specify the width in the <emph>Line Width</emph> box. A width of 0 corresponds to 1 pixel.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select the line and arrow color in the <emph>Line Color</emph> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070A" xml-lang="en-US">Select the line and arrow color in the <emph>Line Color</emph> box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp index 903ed73e99..fad4de9022 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp @@ -33,63 +33,63 @@ <bookmark_value>recording; macros</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Basic; recording macros</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3093440" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="macro_recording"><link href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp" name="Recording a Macro">Recording a Macro</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3093440" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="macro_recording"><link href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp" name="Recording a Macro">Recording a Macro</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the document for which you want to record a macro.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document for which you want to record a macro.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149399" xml-lang="en-US">If <emph>Tools - Macros - Record Macro</emph> menu item is missing, make sure that macro recording feature is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">You see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialog with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US">You see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialog with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Perform the actions you want to be recorded in the document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Press the Escape key to deselect an object, as the macro recorder currently does not record this action by mouse click.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US">Perform the actions you want to be recorded in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US">Press the Escape key to deselect an object, as the macro recorder currently does not record this action by mouse click.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148492" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148686" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">The <emph>Macro</emph> dialog appears, in which you can save and run the macro.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159158" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148492" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148686" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Macro</emph> dialog appears, in which you can save and run the macro.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159158" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144510" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To save the macro, first select the object where you want the macro to be saved in the <emph>Save macro in</emph> list box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144510" xml-lang="en-US">To save the macro, first select the object where you want the macro to be saved in the <emph>Save macro in</emph> list box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library </emph>or <emph>New Module </emph>button and enter a name for the library or module.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US">If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library </emph>or <emph>New Module </emph>button and enter a name for the library or module.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Enter a name for the new macro in the <emph>Macro name</emph> text box. Do not use Basic keywords as a name.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name for the new macro in the <emph>Macro name</emph> text box. Do not use Basic keywords as a name.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="head2" id="hd_id2486342" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Limitations of the macro recorder</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3608508" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The following actions are <emph>not</emph> recorded:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="head2" id="hd_id2486342" xml-lang="en-US">Limitations of the macro recorder</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3608508" xml-lang="en-US">The following actions are <emph>not</emph> recorded:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id921353" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Opening of windows is not recorded.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id921353" xml-lang="en-US">Opening of windows is not recorded.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9296243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Actions carried out in another window than where the recorder was started are not recorded.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9296243" xml-lang="en-US">Actions carried out in another window than where the recorder was started are not recorded.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4269234" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Window switching is not recorded.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4269234" xml-lang="en-US">Window switching is not recorded.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8014465" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Actions that are not related to the document contents are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialog, macro organizer, customizing.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8014465" xml-lang="en-US">Actions that are not related to the document contents are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialog, macro organizer, customizing.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2814416" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor traveling), but not when the mouse is used.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2814416" xml-lang="en-US">Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor traveling), but not when the mouse is used.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2522354" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The macro recorder works only in Calc and Writer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2522354" xml-lang="en-US">The macro recorder works only in Calc and Writer.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2"><link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp" name="macro programming in $[officename]">Programming in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp" name="macro programming in $[officename]">Programming in %PRODUCTNAME</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp index cfea6abcc5..156859f351 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp @@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ <bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="C"><variable id="measurement_units"><link href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp" name="Selecting Measurement Units">Selecting Measurement Units</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="measurement_units"><link href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp" name="Selecting Measurement Units">Selecting Measurement Units</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Open a document of the type for which you want to change the measurement units.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10674" xml-lang="en-US">Open a document of the type for which you want to change the measurement units.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Double-click <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> if you want to select the measurement units for text documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> if you want to select the measurement units for text documents.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click on <emph>General</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">Click on <emph>General</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="8"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp" name="Entering measurement units directly">Entering measurement units directly</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp" name="Entering measurement units directly">Entering measurement units directly</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp index dbd7b3a5d0..379edbc4d5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp @@ -29,169 +29,169 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;feature comparisons</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="50"><variable id="microsoft_terms"><link href="text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp" name="Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms">Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="microsoft_terms"><link href="text/shared/guide/microsoft_terms.xhp" name="Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms">Comparing Microsoft Office and $[officename] Terms</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">The following table lists Microsoft Office features and their $[officename] equivalents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">The following table lists Microsoft Office features and their $[officename] equivalents.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147088"> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">Microsoft Office XP</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft Office XP</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">$[officename]</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename]</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">AutoShapes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Gallery Objects">Gallery Objects</link><br/>Shapes are on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar (menu <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Drawing</item>)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Gallery Objects">Gallery Objects</link><br/>Shapes are on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar (menu <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Drawing</item>)</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3157910" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Change Case</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3157910" xml-lang="en-US">Change Case</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7"><link href="text/shared/01/05050000.xhp" name="Change Case">Case/Characters</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05050000.xhp" name="Change Case">Case/Characters</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1029200801240915" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click and Type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1029200801240915" xml-lang="en-US">Click and Type</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1029200801240965" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp">Direct Cursor</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1029200801240965" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp">Direct Cursor</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148946" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Compare and Merge Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148946" xml-lang="en-US">Compare and Merge Documents</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp" name="Compare">Compare</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp" name="Compare">Compare</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151041" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Document Map</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151041" xml-lang="en-US">Document Map</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153768" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Formula Auditing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153768" xml-lang="en-US">Formula Auditing</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154013" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp" name="Detective">Detective</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154013" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/06030000.xhp" name="Detective">Detective</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153573" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Lines and Page Breaks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153573" xml-lang="en-US">Lines and Page Breaks</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151116" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151116" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6054567" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Page setup</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6054567" xml-lang="en-US">Page setup</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8584551" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp">Format - Page</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">For spreadsheets see also <link href="text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp">View - Page Break Preview</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8584551" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp">Format - Page</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491254" xml-lang="en-US">For spreadsheets see also <link href="text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp">View - Page Break Preview</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159153" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Mail Merge</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159153" xml-lang="en-US">Mail Merge</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Form Letter">Form Letter</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Form Letter">Form Letter</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Markup</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US">Markup</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147048" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21"><link href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp" name="Track Changes - Show Changes">Track Changes - Show Changes</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147048" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230200.xhp" name="Track Changes - Show Changes">Track Changes - Show Changes</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153950" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="26">Refresh Data (in Excel)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153950" xml-lang="en-US">Refresh Data (in Excel)</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4526200" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp">Refresh Range</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4526200" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/12100000.xhp">Refresh Range</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145643" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Replace text as you type</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145643" xml-lang="en-US">Replace text as you type</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152962" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152962" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154755" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30">Show/Hide</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154755" xml-lang="en-US">Show/Hide</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters">Nonprinting Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters">Nonprinting Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156373" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">Spelling and Grammar</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156373" xml-lang="en-US">Spelling and Grammar</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150297" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spellcheck</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150297" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spellcheck</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154205" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Track changes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154205" xml-lang="en-US">Track changes</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146810" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="39"><link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp" name="Changes - Record">Changes - Record</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3146810" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp" name="Changes - Record">Changes - Record</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151214" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Validation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151214" xml-lang="en-US">Validation</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156138" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="41"><link href="text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp" name="Validity">Validity</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3156138" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/12120000.xhp" name="Validity">Validity</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3166431" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="46">Workbook</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3166431" xml-lang="en-US">Workbook</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155379" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47"><link href="text/scalc/main0503.xhp" name="Spreadsheet">Spreadsheet</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155379" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/main0503.xhp" name="Spreadsheet">Spreadsheet</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153228" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Worksheet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153228" xml-lang="en-US">Worksheet</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148593" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="49"><link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp" name="Sheet">Sheet</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3148593" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp" name="Sheet">Sheet</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491330" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Shared Workbooks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491330" xml-lang="en-US">Shared Workbooks</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491320" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/collab.xhp">Collaboration</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id0522200809491320" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/collab.xhp">Collaboration</link></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp index 5e1f74da5a..06d277b274 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ <bookmark_value>file associations for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;file associations in Setup program</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="8"><variable id="ms_doctypes"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp" name="Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types">Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ms_doctypes"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp" name="Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types">Changing the Association of Microsoft Office Document Types</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">To change the association of Microsoft Office file name extensions to open the files either in $[officename] or in Microsoft Office, using Microsoft Windows:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">To change the association of Microsoft Office file name extensions to open the files either in $[officename] or in Microsoft Office, using Microsoft Windows:</paragraph> <section id="ms_extensions"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0815200803314245" xml-lang="en-US">In the list of applications that appears, select the program that should open the current type of files. Make sure that “Always use this app” is checked.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0815200803314243" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If these steps do not apply to your brand of Microsoft Windows, search your Microsoft Windows Help for instructions how to change the file associations.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0815200803314243" xml-lang="en-US">If these steps do not apply to your brand of Microsoft Windows, search your Microsoft Windows Help for instructions how to change the file associations.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp index 5d2b1fd7e9..87d6933fa1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp @@ -30,158 +30,158 @@ <bookmark_value>import restrictions for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing password protected files</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW moved "Microsoft Office;" from shared/guide/protection.xhp</comment> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="32" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="about"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp" name="About Converting Microsoft Office Documents">About Converting Microsoft Office Documents</link></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804174819" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can load and save the Microsoft Office Open XML document formats with the extensions docx, xlsx, and pptx. The same versions can also run some Excel Visual Basic scripts, if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155934" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">The following lists provide a general overview of Microsoft Office features that may cause conversion challenges. These will not affect your ability to use or work with the content of the converted document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Microsoft Word</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="about"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp" name="About Converting Microsoft Office Documents">About Converting Microsoft Office Documents</link></variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804174819" xml-lang="en-US">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can load and save the Microsoft Office Open XML document formats with the extensions docx, xlsx, and pptx. The same versions can also run some Excel Visual Basic scripts, if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155934" xml-lang="en-US">The following lists provide a general overview of Microsoft Office features that may cause conversion challenges. These will not affect your ability to use or work with the content of the converted document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft Word</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">AutoShapes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Revision marks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US">Revision marks</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">OLE objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US">OLE objects</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Indexes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US">Indexes</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Tables, frames, and multi-column formatting</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US">Tables, frames, and multi-column formatting</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Hyperlinks and bookmarks</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US">Hyperlinks and bookmarks</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">Microsoft WordArt graphics</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft WordArt graphics</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">Animated characters/text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US">Animated characters/text</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="24">Microsoft PowerPoint</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft PowerPoint</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">AutoShapes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Tab, line, and paragraph spacing</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US">Tab, line, and paragraph spacing</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154910" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Master background graphics</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154910" xml-lang="en-US">Master background graphics</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159151" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">Grouped objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159151" xml-lang="en-US">Grouped objects</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Certain multimedia effects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US">Certain multimedia effects</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="16">Microsoft Excel</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft Excel</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">AutoShapes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">OLE objects</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US">OLE objects</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US">Certain controls and Microsoft Office form fields</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155922" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Pivot tables</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155922" xml-lang="en-US">Pivot tables</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">New chart types</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US">New chart types</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156343" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Conditional formatting</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156343" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional formatting</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">Some functions/formulas (see below)</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US">Some functions/formulas (see below)</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491971" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">One example of differences between Calc and Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491971" xml-lang="en-US">One example of differences between Calc and Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2. </paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491973" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In Calc, the formula =A1+A2 returns the value 2, and the formula =SUM(A1;A2) returns 2. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491973" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, the formula =A1+A2 returns the value 2, and the formula =SUM(A1;A2) returns 2. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491972" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In Excel, the formula =A1+A2 returns 2, but the formula =SUM(A1,A2) returns 0.<comment>in SUM(A1<limiter>A2), use the Excel limiter comma , in English and semicolon ; in German</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200801491972" xml-lang="en-US">In Excel, the formula =A1+A2 returns 2, but the formula =SUM(A1,A2) returns 0.<comment>in SUM(A1<limiter>A2), use the Excel limiter comma , in English and semicolon ; in German</comment></paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Migration_Guide">Migration Guide</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10A9F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8699606" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">%PRODUCTNAME can open the following Microsoft Office document types that are protected by a password.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US">For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the <link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Migration_Guide">Migration Guide</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10A9F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8699606" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME can open the following Microsoft Office document types that are protected by a password.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id4497512"> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_idN10AB6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Microsoft Office format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_idN10AB6" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft Office format</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_idN10ABC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Supported encryption method</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_idN10ABC" xml-lang="en-US">Supported encryption method</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AC3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Word 6.0, Word 95</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AC3" xml-lang="en-US">Word 6.0, Word 95</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AC9" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AC9" xml-lang="en-US">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AD0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Word 97, Word 2000, Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AD0" xml-lang="en-US">Word 97, Word 2000, Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AD6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AD6" xml-lang="en-US">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10ADD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10ADD" xml-lang="en-US">Word XP, Word 2003</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AE3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Weak XOR encryption from older Word versions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AE3" xml-lang="en-US">Weak XOR encryption from older Word versions</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AEA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Excel 2.1, Excel 3.0, Excel 4.0, Excel 5.0, Excel 95</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AEA" xml-lang="en-US">Excel 2.1, Excel 3.0, Excel 4.0, Excel 5.0, Excel 95</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AF0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AF0" xml-lang="en-US">Weak XOR encryption</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AF7" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Excel 97, Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AF7" xml-lang="en-US">Excel 97, Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AFD" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10AFD" xml-lang="en-US">Office 97/2000 compatible encryption</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10B04" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10B04" xml-lang="en-US">Excel XP, Excel 2003</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10B0A" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Weak XOR encryption from older Excel versions</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_idN10B0A" xml-lang="en-US">Weak XOR encryption from older Excel versions</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Microsoft Office files that are encrypted by AES128 can be opened. Other encryption methods are not supported.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0D" role="paragraph">Microsoft Office files that are encrypted by AES128 can be opened. Other encryption methods are not supported.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147318" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Setting the default file format">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147318" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Setting the default file format">Setting the default file format</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp index 61237b70b4..30de78d378 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp @@ -33,92 +33,92 @@ <bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>macros; in MS Office documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="30"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp" name="Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp" name="Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Opening a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3147653"> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">MS Office file...</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">MS Office file...</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">...will open in $[officename] module</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US">...will open in $[officename] module</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153543" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">MS Word, *.doc, *.docx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153543" xml-lang="en-US">MS Word, *.doc, *.docx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147620" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">$[officename] Writer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147620" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">MS Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US">MS Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149580" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">$[officename] Calc</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149580" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Calc</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">MS PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US">MS PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153626" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">$[officename] Impress</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153626" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp" name="Load/Save - General"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148453" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <emph>Default file format and ODF settings</emph> area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148453" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Default file format and ODF settings</emph> area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_extensions"/> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153092" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="21">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153092" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150486" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150486" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154319" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="23">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154921" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804173539" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp" name="Basic IDE">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154319" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154921" xml-lang="en-US">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804173539" xml-lang="en-US">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp" name="Basic IDE">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155366" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties"><emph>Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></link> to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename].</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155366" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties"><emph>Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></link> to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename].</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp index 5afee35dd8..7227a0a64a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147008"><bookmark_value>documents; contents as lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator; contents as lists</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Document Overview">Navigator for Document Overview</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Document Overview">Navigator for Document Overview</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">All contents of the Navigator window are referred to here as "categories," whether titles, sheets, tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, sections, hyperlinks, references, indexes or comments.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">The Navigator displays all types of objects contained in a document. If a plus sign appears next to a category, this indicates that at least one object of this kind exists. If you rest the mouse pointer on the category name, the number of objects is displayed in an extended tip.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146797" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Open a category by clicking on the plus sign. If you only want to view the entries in a certain category, select the category and click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon. Until you click the icon again, only the objects of this category will be displayed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166461" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double click on the gray area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US">All contents of the Navigator window are referred to here as "categories," whether titles, sheets, tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, sections, hyperlinks, references, indexes or comments.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US">The Navigator displays all types of objects contained in a document. If a plus sign appears next to a category, this indicates that at least one object of this kind exists. If you rest the mouse pointer on the category name, the number of objects is displayed in an extended tip.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146797" xml-lang="en-US">Open a category by clicking on the plus sign. If you only want to view the entries in a certain category, select the category and click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon. Until you click the icon again, only the objects of this category will be displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166461" xml-lang="en-US">You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double click on the gray area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp#navigator_setcursor"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp index 62aab827b2..d2d70a7693 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp @@ -36,23 +36,23 @@ <bookmark_value>navigating;in documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;working with</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="8"><variable id="navigator_setcursor"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp" name="Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="navigator_setcursor"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp" name="Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">This is a common use of the Navigator.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US">This is a common use of the Navigator.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Double-click an object in the Navigator to jump directly to the position of the object in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click an object in the Navigator to jump directly to the position of the object in the document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can use the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar to scroll to the previous or next object of a specific category.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar to scroll to the previous or next object of a specific category.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Open the toolbar using the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon below the vertical scroll bar of a text document, or in the Navigator window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">Open the toolbar using the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon below the vertical scroll bar of a text document, or in the Navigator window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">On the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, you first select the category, then click on one of the buttons, <emph>Previous Object</emph> or <emph>Next Object</emph>. The names of the buttons refer to the category, for example, the button "Next Object" is named "Next Page" or "Next Bookmark" according to the category.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, you first select the category, then click on one of the buttons, <emph>Previous Object</emph> or <emph>Next Object</emph>. The names of the buttons refer to the category, for example, the button "Next Object" is named "Next Page" or "Next Bookmark" according to the category.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp index 58635cfe70..659ce4c2d1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ <bookmark_value>hiding;navigation pane in Help window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes;showing/hiding Help index tab</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="4" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="navpane_on"><link href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp" name="Showing Navigation Pane of the Help">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="navpane_on"><link href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp" name="Showing Navigation Pane of the Help">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149827"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156411" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156411" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153345" src="sfx2/res/indexon_small.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">On the toolbar of the <emph>Help</emph> window, click the left icon to show or hide the navigation pane.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">On the toolbar of the <emph>Help</emph> window, click the left icon to show or hide the navigation pane.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp index a9a5127665..037f85a709 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp @@ -33,12 +33,11 @@ <bookmark_value>removing;bullets and numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;removing numbering</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "removing, see also deleting"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154186" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="numbering_stop"><link href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp" name="Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs">Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154186" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="numbering_stop"><link href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp" name="Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs">Turning off Bullets and Numbering for Individual Paragraphs</link> </variable></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"><comment>no bullets for Calc</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0202200910470118" role="note" l10n="NEW">Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0202200910470118" role="note">Bullets and Numbering of paragraphs is supported only in Writer, Impress and Draw.</paragraph> </case> <case select="MATH"><comment>no bullets for Math</comment><comment>don't care for Math by now. Issue 98726</comment> </case> @@ -46,15 +45,15 @@ <table id="tbl_id3155338"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3153527" src="cmd/sc_removebullets.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153527">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150443" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150443" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3163802" src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3163802">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147618" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">For the current paragraph or selected paragraphs you can switch off the automatic numbering or listing. Click the <emph>Numbering Off</emph> icon in the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147618" role="paragraph">For the current paragraph or selected paragraphs you can switch off the automatic numbering or listing. Click the <emph>Numbering Off</emph> icon in the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> @@ -64,34 +63,34 @@ <table id="tbl_id3159157"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155449" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155449" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3158432" src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3158432">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144511" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="31">If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144511" role="paragraph">If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> </default> </switch> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148946" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To remove numbering from a paragraph using the keyboard: +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148946" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To remove numbering from a paragraph using the keyboard: </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Place the cursor at the beginning of a numbered paragraph and press the Backspace key. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Place the cursor at the beginning of a numbered paragraph and press the Backspace key. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The numbering of the paragraph disappears and is removed from the numbering sequence. Numbering resumes in the following paragraph. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150543" role="listitem"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The numbering of the paragraph disappears and is removed from the numbering sequence. Numbering resumes in the following paragraph. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154123" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you press the Enter key in an empty numbered paragraph, the numbering stops. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154123" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you press the Enter key in an empty numbered paragraph, the numbering stops. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151043" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="32"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Bullets/Numbering">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151043" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Bullets/Numbering">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp index 79bc434c3c..9c8349f37f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp @@ -33,25 +33,25 @@ <bookmark_value>formats; maximizing page formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="35"><variable id="pageformat_max"><link href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp" name="Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="pageformat_max"><link href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp" name="Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="36">Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37">$[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="38">Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US">Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="39">Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156114" xml-lang="en-US">Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="40">Select the <emph>Format - Page</emph> command, and go to the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <emph>Format - Page</emph> command, and go to the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="41">Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145120" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145120" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="43"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp index ac583a782f..2c57b2f44a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp @@ -34,60 +34,60 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Paintbrush</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "Paintbrush"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053A" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="formatpaintbrush"><link href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp">Copying Formatting With the Clone Formatting Tool</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053A" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formatpaintbrush"><link href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp">Copying Formatting With the Clone Formatting Tool</link> </variable></paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10655" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can use the Clone Formatting tool to copy formatting from a text selection or from an object and apply the formatting to another text selection or object.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id101920091122570" role="note" l10n="NEW">In Calc, the Clone Formatting tool only applies to cell formatting.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10655" role="paragraph">You can use the Clone Formatting tool to copy formatting from a text selection or from an object and apply the formatting to another text selection or object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id101920091122570" role="note">In Calc, the Clone Formatting tool only applies to cell formatting.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DD" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the text or object whose formatting you want to copy.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DD" role="paragraph">Select the text or object whose formatting you want to copy.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="2"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10667" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10660" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The cursor changes to a paint bucket.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10663" role="tip" l10n="CHG">If you want to apply the formatting to more than one selection, double-click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10667" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10660" role="paragraph">The cursor changes to a paint bucket.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10663" role="tip">If you want to apply the formatting to more than one selection, double-click the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> icon <image id="img_id209967" src="cmd/sc_formatpaintbrush.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id209967">Icon</alt> </image>. After you apply all the formatting, click the icon again.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select or click the text or object that you want to apply the formatting to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066E" role="paragraph">Select or click the text or object that you want to apply the formatting to.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10716" role="tip" l10n="NEW">By default only the character formatting is copied ; to include paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you click. To copy only the paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10716" role="tip">By default only the character formatting is copied ; to include paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you click. To copy only the paragraph formatting, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift when you click.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>paragraph</emph> formats are the formats applied to the whole paragraph. The <emph>character</emph> formats are those applied to a portion of the paragraph. For example, if you apply the bold format to a whole paragraph the bold format is a <emph>paragraph</emph> format. Then if you unbold a portion of this paragraph, the bold format is still a <emph>paragraph</emph> format but the portion you unbold has a "not bold" <emph>character</emph> format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The following table describes the formatting attributes that the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> tool can copy:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph">The <emph>paragraph</emph> formats are the formats applied to the whole paragraph. The <emph>character</emph> formats are those applied to a portion of the paragraph. For example, if you apply the bold format to a whole paragraph the bold format is a <emph>paragraph</emph> format. Then if you unbold a portion of this paragraph, the bold format is still a <emph>paragraph</emph> format but the portion you unbold has a "not bold" <emph>character</emph> format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="paragraph">The following table describes the formatting attributes that the <emph>Clone Formatting</emph> tool can copy:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id599688"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10691" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Type of Selection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10691" role="tablehead">Type of Selection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10697" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Comment</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10697" role="tablehead">Comment</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1069E" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Nothing selected, but cursor is inside a text passage</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1069E" role="tablecontent">Nothing selected, but cursor is inside a text passage</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A4" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies the formatting of the current paragraph and the character formatting of the next character in the text flow direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A4" role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting of the current paragraph and the character formatting of the next character in the text flow direction.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AB" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Text is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AB" role="tablecontent">Text is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B1" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies the formatting of the last selected character and of the paragraph that contains the character.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B1" role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting of the last selected character and of the paragraph that contains the character.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B8" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Frame is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B8" role="tablecontent">Frame is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BE" role="tablecontent">Copies the frame attributes that are defined in <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item> dialog. The contents, size, position, linking, hyperlinks, and macros in the frame are not copied.</paragraph> @@ -95,50 +95,50 @@ </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Object is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="tablecontent">Object is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106CB" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogs. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106CB" role="tablecontent">Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogs. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D2" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Form control is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D2" role="tablecontent">Form control is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D8" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Not supported</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D8" role="tablecontent">Not supported</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DF" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Drawing object is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DF" role="tablecontent">Drawing object is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text contents of the object is also copied.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="tablecontent">Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text contents of the object is also copied.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EC" role="tablecontent" l10n="CHG">Text within Calc cells is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EC" role="tablecontent">Text within Calc cells is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F2" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Not supported</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F2" role="tablecontent">Not supported</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F9" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Writer table or cells are selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F9" role="tablecontent">Writer table or cells are selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106FF" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialog. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106FF" role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialog. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Calc table or cells are selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="tablecontent">Calc table or cells are selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070C" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialog as well as the formatting of the cell contents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070C" role="tablecontent">Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialog as well as the formatting of the cell contents</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp index ff4493e6dc..c2e4e3a13b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp @@ -33,49 +33,49 @@ <bookmark_value>text formats;pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats;pasting in special formats</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "pasting;..." and "clipboard;..." and added two index entries</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10725" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pasting"><link href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp">Pasting Contents in Special Formats</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10725" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="pasting"><link href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp">Pasting Contents in Special Formats</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10743" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialog or a drop-down icon.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10746" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The available options depend on the contents of the clipboard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10743" xml-lang="en-US">Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialog or a drop-down icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10746" xml-lang="en-US">The available options depend on the contents of the clipboard.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144547360" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer text documents, you can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V to paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144547360" role="paragraph">In Writer text documents, you can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V to paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10749" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Pasting clipboard contents using an icon menu</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10749" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using an icon menu</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10750" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to open the menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10750" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to open the menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select one of the options.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10758" xml-lang="en-US">Select one of the options.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075B" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you do not like the result, click the <emph>Undo</emph> icon and then paste again with another option.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075B" xml-lang="en-US">If you do not like the result, click the <emph>Undo</emph> icon and then paste again with another option.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10762" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="NEW">Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10762" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10769" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10769" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10771" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select one of the options and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10771" xml-lang="en-US">Select one of the options and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10774" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog to copy cells using basic or advanced options.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10774" xml-lang="en-US">If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog to copy cells using basic or advanced options.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077E" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Transpose</emph>: swaps the rows and the columns of the cell range to be pasted.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10785" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10785" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Link</emph>: pastes the cell range as a link. If the source file changes, the pasted cells change also.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialog from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.<comment>UFI: the text is switched to "Calc" there.</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1078C" xml-lang="en-US">The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialog from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.<comment>UFI: the text is switched to "Calc" there.</comment></paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BA" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BA" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp index b9fed0cf9b..34071a44a1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp @@ -32,69 +32,69 @@ <bookmark_value>colors; not printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150125" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp" name="Printing in Black and White">Printing in Black and White</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150125" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp" name="Printing in Black and White">Printing in Black and White</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150499" role="heading" level="2">Printing Text and Images in Black and White</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem">Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145313" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the option to print in black and white. For further information, refer to the user's manual of your printer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145313" role="listitem">Select the option to print in black and white. For further information, refer to the user's manual of your printer.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">The current document will be printed in black and white.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem">Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">The current document will be printed in black and white.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147653" role="heading" level="2">Printing in Black and White in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Draw, as appropriate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="listitem">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Draw, as appropriate.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150275" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150275" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147573" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154307" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149786" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147573" role="listitem">Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154307" role="listitem">When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149786" role="listitem"> <emph>Grayscale</emph> converts all colors to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145610" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145610" role="listitem"> <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153896" role="heading" level="2">Printing Only Text in Black and White</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150358" role="heading" level="2">Printing All Text Documents with Black and White Text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">Choose Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer or Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154910" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154910" role="listitem">Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="listitem">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148920" role="heading" level="2">Printing the Current Text Document with Black and White Text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149667" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Choose <emph>Print text in black</emph> and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149667" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print text in black</emph> and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered"> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="29"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogs">Printing dialogs</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154146" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp" name="Tools - Options dialog">Tools - Options dialog</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogs">Printing dialogs</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154146" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp" name="Tools - Options dialog">Tools - Options dialog</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp index 5c896c3bba..032f4b0562 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp @@ -42,29 +42,29 @@ <bookmark_value>printing;faster</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faster printing</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "reduced printing;..." and "speed of printing;..." a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="print_faster"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp">Printing faster with Reduced Data</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="print_faster"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp">Printing faster with Reduced Data</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C8" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can decide to reduce the data necessary to print your document. The settings can be defined differently for printing directly to the printer or for printing to a file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106C8" xml-lang="en-US">You can decide to reduce the data necessary to print your document. The settings can be defined differently for printing directly to the printer or for printing to a file.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106CE" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Print</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106CE" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click one of the following settings options: </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D9" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><emph>Printer</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing directly to a printer</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E2" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><emph>Print to file</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing to a file</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D6" xml-lang="en-US">Click one of the following settings options: </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D9" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Printer</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing directly to a printer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E2" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Print to file</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing to a file</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106EC" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Select any combination of the four options, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106EF" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">All documents that you print from now on will use the changed options.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106EC" xml-lang="en-US">Select any combination of the four options, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106EF" xml-lang="en-US">All documents that you print from now on will use the changed options.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F3" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Print your document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F3" xml-lang="en-US">Print your document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can reduce data for transparency, for gradients, or for bitmaps. When you reduce the data, on many printers you will not see a reduction of printing quality. But the printing time is substantially shorter, and when you print to a file, the file size is much smaller.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US">You can reduce data for transparency, for gradients, or for bitmaps. When you reduce the data, on many printers you will not see a reduction of printing quality. But the printing time is substantially shorter, and when you print to a file, the file size is much smaller.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10704" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp">Print options</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10704" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp">Print options</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp#print_blackwhite"/> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp index 0c582c47b2..626011e2fe 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/protection.xhp @@ -39,103 +39,100 @@ <bookmark_value>graphics;protecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;protecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw moved 4 index entries to swriter/guide/protection.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155364" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp" name="Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME">Protecting Content in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155364" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp" name="Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME">Protecting Content in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item></link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153394" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> from being modified, deleted or viewed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Protecting All Documents When Saving</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150775" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">All documents that are saved in <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp" name="OpenDocument format">OpenDocument format</link> can be saved with a password. Documents that are saved with a password cannot be opened without the password. The content is secured so that it cannot be read with an external editor. This applies to content, graphics and OLE objects.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153394" role="paragraph">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> from being modified, deleted or viewed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="2">Protecting All Documents When Saving</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150775" role="paragraph">All documents that are saved in <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp" name="OpenDocument format">OpenDocument format</link> can be saved with a password. Documents that are saved with a password cannot be opened without the password. The content is secured so that it cannot be read with an external editor. This applies to content, graphics and OLE objects.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145071"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166410" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">Turning on protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166410" role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145121" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box. Save the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145121" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box. Save the document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">Turning off protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148492" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="9">Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and clear the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148492" role="paragraph">Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and clear the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="warning" l10n="U" oldref="64">Information entered in <emph>File - Properties</emph> is not encrypted. This includes the name of the author, creation date, word and character counts.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="10">Protecting Revision Marking</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3161646" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">With every change made in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, the review function records who made the change. This function can be turned on with protection, so that it can only be turned off when the correct password is entered. Until then, all changes will continue to be recorded. Acceptance or rejection of changes is not possible.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="warning">Information entered in <emph>File - Properties</emph> is not encrypted. This includes the name of the author, creation date, word and character counts.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294" role="heading" level="2" >Protecting Revision Marking</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3161646" role="paragraph">With every change made in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, the review function records who made the change. This function can be turned on with protection, so that it can only be turned off when the correct password is entered. Until then, all changes will continue to be recorded. Acceptance or rejection of changes is not possible.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148797"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154684" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">Turning on protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154684" role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153104" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter and confirm a password of at least one character.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153104" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter and confirm a password of at least one character.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144760" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14">Turning off protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144760" role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter the correct password.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. Enter the correct password.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <comment>MW moved contents of "Protecting Cell Ranges in Calc" to the Calc guides cell_protect.xhp and cell_unprotect.xhp.</comment><comment>MW moved Writer specific contents to the new writer guide protection.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155113" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="52">Protecting Frames, Graphics, and OLE Objects</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153703" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53">You can protect the content, position and size of inserted graphics. The same applies to frames (in Writer) and OLE objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155113" role="heading" level="2" >Protecting Frames, Graphics, and OLE Objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153703" role="paragraph">You can protect the content, position and size of inserted graphics. The same applies to frames (in Writer) and OLE objects.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3158447"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147131" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="54">Turning on protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147131" role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150088" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="55">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, mark <emph>Contents</emph>, <emph>Position</emph> and/or <emph>Size</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150088" role="paragraph">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, mark <emph>Contents</emph>, <emph>Position</emph> and/or <emph>Size</emph>.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147510" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="56">Turning off protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147510" role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153657" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="57">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, unmark as appropriate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153657" role="paragraph">For example, for graphics inserted in Writer: Choose <emph>Format - Image - Options</emph> tab. Under <emph>Protect</emph>, unmark as appropriate.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152992" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="58">Protecting Drawing Objects and Form Objects</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166429" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="59">The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152992" role="heading" level="2" >Protecting Drawing Objects and Form Objects</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166429" role="paragraph">The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151062"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153226" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">Turning on protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153226" role="paragraph">Turning on protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148815" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="61">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148815" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156289" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">Turning off protection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156289" role="paragraph">Turning off protection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154991" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="63">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154991" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <comment>removed webdav text, see i71792</comment><comment>MW moved "Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password" to shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp </comment><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B8C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B8C" role="paragraph" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/> </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4680928" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9014252" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp">Protecting Cells in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4680928" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9014252" role="paragraph"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_protect.xhp">Protecting Cells in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp index c73905e990..5427a0f2fc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ <bookmark_value>review function; recording changes example</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Track Changes, see review function</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW addes a cross-reference</comment><comment>MW added "highlighting changes"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150499" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="7"><variable id="redlining"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp" name="Recording and Displaying Changes">Recording and Displaying Changes</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150499" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp" name="Recording and Displaying Changes">Recording and Displaying Changes</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="note" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153681" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">When several authors are working on the same text or spreadsheet, the review function records and displays who made the various changes. On the final edit of the document, it is then possible to look at each individual change and decide whether it should be accepted or rejected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">For example: You are an editor and are delivering your latest report. But before publication the report must be read by the senior editor and the proofreader, and both will add their changes. The senior editor writes "clarify" after one paragraph and crosses out another entirely. The proofreader corrects the spelling of your document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">The edited document comes back to you, and you can incorporate or ignore the suggestions of the two reviewers.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">Let's say you also e-mailed a copy of the report to a good friend and colleague who has done research on a similar topic in the past. You asked for a few suggestions, and the document is now returned by e-mail with your colleague's suggestions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">As all your colleagues and the managers in your company work with $[officename], you can produce a final version of the document from the results you get back.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153681" role="paragraph">When several authors are working on the same text or spreadsheet, the review function records and displays who made the various changes. On the final edit of the document, it is then possible to look at each individual change and decide whether it should be accepted or rejected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="paragraph">For example: You are an editor and are delivering your latest report. But before publication the report must be read by the senior editor and the proofreader, and both will add their changes. The senior editor writes "clarify" after one paragraph and crosses out another entirely. The proofreader corrects the spelling of your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph">The edited document comes back to you, and you can incorporate or ignore the suggestions of the two reviewers.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146957" role="paragraph">Let's say you also e-mailed a copy of the report to a good friend and colleague who has done research on a similar topic in the past. You asked for a few suggestions, and the document is now returned by e-mail with your colleague's suggestions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="paragraph">As all your colleagues and the managers in your company work with $[officename], you can produce a final version of the document from the results you get back.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_navigation.xhp#redlining_navigation"/></case> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp index 979600ded9..49e8adaba0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp @@ -30,29 +30,29 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150247"><bookmark_value>changes; accepting or rejecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>review function;accepting or rejecting changes</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150247" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="23"><variable id="redlining_accept"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp" name="Accepting or Rejecting Changes">Accepting or Rejecting Changes</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150247" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="redlining_accept"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_accept.xhp" name="Accepting or Rejecting Changes">Accepting or Rejecting Changes</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1491134" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1491134" xml-lang="en-US">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id1110200810120034" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In Writer text documents you can also accept or reject changes by choosing commands from the context menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id1110200810120034" xml-lang="en-US">In Writer text documents you can also accept or reject changes by choosing commands from the context menu.</paragraph> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">When you edit a document in which others have made changes, you can accept or reject the changes individually or all together.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">When you edit a document in which others have made changes, you can accept or reject the changes individually or all together.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">If you have put multiple copies of the document in circulation, first merge these into one document (see <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/>).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">If you have put multiple copies of the document in circulation, first merge these into one document (see <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp#redlining_docmerge"/>).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes</emph>. The <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage Changes</emph>. The <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">Select a change on the <emph>List</emph> tab. The change is selected and displayed in the document and you can now enter your decision with one of the buttons.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">Select a change on the <emph>List</emph> tab. The change is selected and displayed in the document and you can now enter your decision with one of the buttons.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="28">If one author has modified another author's change, you will see the changes hierarchically arranged with a plus sign for opening up the hierarchy.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialog and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143271" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Color-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Gray entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US">If one author has modified another author's change, you will see the changes hierarchically arranged with a plus sign for opening up the hierarchy.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US">If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialog and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143271" xml-lang="en-US">Color-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Gray entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> <switch select="appl"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp index 02d8d40865..a1ebc4b1dc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp @@ -36,24 +36,24 @@ <bookmark_value>changes;comparing to original</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>review function; comparing documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "comparing..." a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="32"><variable id="redlining_doccompare"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp" name="Comparing Versions of a Document">Comparing Versions of a Document</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="redlining_doccompare"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_doccompare.xhp" name="Comparing Versions of a Document">Comparing Versions of a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id4186223" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3995178" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Imagine you have some co-authors or reviewers who collaborate with you writing your original document. One day you send out copies of your document to all reviewers. You ask them to edit the copy and send it back.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9948423" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Normally, the reviewers enable change tracking by <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> and you can easily see the changes.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="33">If one of the authors has made changes to a document without recording them, you can compare the changed document to your original document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id4186223" xml-lang="en-US">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3995178" xml-lang="en-US">Imagine you have some co-authors or reviewers who collaborate with you writing your original document. One day you send out copies of your document to all reviewers. You ask them to edit the copy and send it back.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9948423" xml-lang="en-US">Normally, the reviewers enable change tracking by <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> and you can easily see the changes.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US">If one of the authors has made changes to a document without recording them, you can compare the changed document to your original document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="35">Open the reviewer's document and then choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Compare Document</emph>.<comment>changed workflow, see i72652</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id4208807" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You should always start with opening the newer document and compare it with the older document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US">Open the reviewer's document and then choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Compare Document</emph>.<comment>changed workflow, see i72652</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id4208807" xml-lang="en-US">You should always start with opening the newer document and compare it with the older document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">A file selection dialog appears. Select your older original document and confirm the dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="37"> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US">A file selection dialog appears. Select your older original document and confirm the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US"> <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that got deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">You can now accept or reject the insertions and deletions. At the end you may save the reviewer's document as a new original with a new name.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US">You can now accept or reject the insertions and deletions. At the end you may save the reviewer's document as a new original with a new name.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp index 67b8ff0d0c..0716d545c9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp @@ -34,23 +34,23 @@ <bookmark_value>merging; documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>versions;merging document versions</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154230" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="17"><variable id="redlining_docmerge"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp" name="Merging Versions">Merging Versions</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154230" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="redlining_docmerge"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_docmerge.xhp" name="Merging Versions">Merging Versions</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id2136295" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">When a document has been edited by more than one person, it is possible to merge the edited copies into the original. The only requirement is that the documents differ only and exclusively in the recorded changes - all other original text must be identical.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id2136295" xml-lang="en-US">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US">When a document has been edited by more than one person, it is possible to merge the edited copies into the original. The only requirement is that the documents differ only and exclusively in the recorded changes - all other original text must be identical.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">Open the original document into which you want to merge all copies.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US">Open the original document into which you want to merge all copies.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select the copy of the document from the dialog. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialog appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">Select the copy of the document from the dialog. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialog appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">After you merge the documents you will see the recorded changes from the copy in the original document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">After you merge the documents you will see the recorded changes from the copy in the original document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp index 5270f454da..3d6a6e75e0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp @@ -32,42 +32,42 @@ <bookmark_value>comments; on changes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>review function;tracking changes</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>UFI: deleted index review function;recording changes</comment><comment>MW changed "settings;tracking changes" </comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155364" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="7"><variable id="redlining_enter"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp" name="Recording Changes">Recording Changes</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155364" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_enter"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp" name="Recording Changes">Recording Changes</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="note" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145669" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Not all changes are recorded. For example, the changing of a tab stop from align left to align right is not recorded. However, all usual changes made by a proofreader are recorded, such as additions, deletions, text alterations, and usual formatting.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145669" role="paragraph">Not all changes are recorded. For example, the changing of a tab stop from align left to align right is not recorded. However, all usual changes made by a proofreader are recorded, such as additions, deletions, text alterations, and usual formatting.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147399"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="17">1.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="paragraph">1.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149095" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="9">To start recording changes, open the document to be edited and choose <link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp" name="Edit - Track Changes"><emph>Edit - Track Changes</emph></link> and then choose <emph>Record Changes</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149095" role="paragraph">To start recording changes, open the document to be edited and choose <link href="text/shared/01/02230000.xhp" name="Edit - Track Changes"><emph>Edit - Track Changes</emph></link> and then choose <emph>Record Changes</emph>.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154749" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">2.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154749" role="paragraph">2.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163802" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163802" role="paragraph">Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152349" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">3.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152349" role="paragraph">3.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">If you move to a marked change with the mouse pointer, you will see a reference to the type of change, the author, date and time of day for the change in the Help Tip. If the Extended Tips are also enabled, you will also see any available comments on this change.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="paragraph">If you move to a marked change with the mouse pointer, you will see a reference to the type of change, the author, date and time of day for the change in the Help Tip. If the Extended Tips are also enabled, you will also see any available comments on this change.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156119" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Changes in a spreadsheet document are highlighted by a border around the cells; when you point to the cell you can see more detailed information on this change in the Help Tip.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment on Change</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153542" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">To stop recording changes, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> again. The check mark is removed and you can now save the document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="15">In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">To change the settings for tracking changes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Changes"><emph>Changes</emph></link> or on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Changes"><emph>Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156119" xml-lang="en-US">Changes in a spreadsheet document are highlighted by a border around the cells; when you point to the cell you can see more detailed information on this change in the Help Tip.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US">You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment on Change</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153542" xml-lang="en-US">To stop recording changes, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record Changes</emph> again. The check mark is removed and you can now save the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US">In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US">To change the settings for tracking changes, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Changes"><emph>Changes</emph></link> or on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Changes"><emph>Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> <switch select="appl"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp index 29df3e3320..e105c3e2a3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <bookmark_value>review function;protecting records</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw added an index entry</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Changes">Protecting Changes</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159201" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Changes">Protecting Changes</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="note" l10n="NEW">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="note">The review function is available in %PRODUCTNAME for text documents and spreadsheet documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="paragraph">To protect the changes made in a document during editing, choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Protect Changes</emph>. To turn off the function or to accept or reject changes it is necessary to enter the correct password first.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Protect Changes</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147088" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Protect Changes</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Enter a password consisting of at least one character and confirm it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem">Enter a password consisting of at least one character and confirm it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp index 6b215dd638..a888cbdab7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ <bookmark_value>documents; version management</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>version management</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154230" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="43"><variable id="redlining_versions"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp" name="Version Management">Version Management</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154230" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="redlining_versions"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_versions.xhp" name="Version Management">Version Management</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">The <emph>File</emph> menu contains a <link href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp" name="Versions"><emph>Versions</emph></link> command that enables you to save multiple versions of a document in the same file.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="44">You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>File</emph> menu contains a <link href="text/shared/01/01190000.xhp" name="Versions"><emph>Versions</emph></link> command that enables you to save multiple versions of a document in the same file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149399" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp index a402ae75b0..46c276b348 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ <bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>customizing;round corners</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "rectangles;..." a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150040" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="round_corner"><link href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp" name="Creating Round Corners">Creating Round Corners</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150040" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="round_corner"><link href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp" name="Creating Round Corners">Creating Round Corners</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155892"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150774" src="res/helpimg/hand01.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer as hand</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">If you place the cursor on the box it changes to a hand symbol. You can now drag the box to change the amount of rounding. An outline shows a preview of the result.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US">If you place the cursor on the box it changes to a hand symbol. You can now drag the box to change the amount of rounding. An outline shows a preview of the result.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp index 4b8a2d6b4c..b58df9fd32 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp @@ -37,181 +37,181 @@ <bookmark_value>menus;assigning macros</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>events;assigning scripts</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "programming;...", "scripting in programming", "BeanShell scripting", "Basic;..." and "java;..."</comment><comment>MW added "controls;..", "menus;..." and "events;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="scripting"><link href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp">Assigning Scripts in %PRODUCTNAME</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070A" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="scripting"><link href="text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp">Assigning Scripts in %PRODUCTNAME</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialog controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">%PRODUCTNAME internally supports the following scripting languages:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="paragraph">You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialog controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072B" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME internally supports the following scripting languages:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10731" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">%PRODUCTNAME Basic</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10731" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME Basic</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10739" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">JavaScript</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10739" role="paragraph">JavaScript</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073D" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">BeanShell</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073D" role="paragraph">BeanShell</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6797082" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Python</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6797082" role="paragraph">Python</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org/">api.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a new menu entry</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091F" role="paragraph">In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org/">api.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a new menu entry</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10758" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10758" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10760" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10760" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10768" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10768" role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select a script.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076C" role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select a script.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10770" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A list of the script functions appears in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select a function.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10770" role="paragraph">A list of the script functions appears in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select a function.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10778" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Add</emph> to create a new menu assignment. The new menu entry appears in the <emph>Entries</emph> list box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10778" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph> to create a new menu assignment. The new menu entry appears in the <emph>Entries</emph> list box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10783" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a key combination</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10783" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a key combination</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10787" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10787" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A59" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A59" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Category</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A61" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A61" role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A65" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A65" role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A69" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A69" role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Commands</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A71" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the option button for %PRODUCTNAME or Writer (or whichever application is currently open). </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A74" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Selecting the option button sets the scope of the new key combination to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A71" role="paragraph">Click the option button for %PRODUCTNAME or Writer (or whichever application is currently open). </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A74" role="paragraph">Selecting the option button sets the scope of the new key combination to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A78" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a key combination from the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list box and click <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A78" role="paragraph">Select a key combination from the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list box and click <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078A" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to an event</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078A" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078E" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A16" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Macro</emph> button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A16" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Macro</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A9E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Library</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A9E" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Library</emph> list box, scroll down and open the "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" entry.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AA6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AA6" role="paragraph">You see entries for "%PRODUCTNAME Macros" (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), "My Macros" (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AAA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AAA" role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AAE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Assigned Action</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AAE" role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Assigned Action</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AB6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select to save in %PRODUCTNAME or current document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AB9" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">This sets the scope of the new event assignment to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AB6" role="paragraph">Select to save in %PRODUCTNAME or current document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AB9" role="paragraph">This sets the scope of the new event assignment to be applicable in all of %PRODUCTNAME or only in documents of the current module.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABD" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABD" role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10791" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to an event for an embedded object</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10791" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event for an embedded object</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10795" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the embedded object, for example a chart, in your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10795" role="paragraph">Select the embedded object, for example a chart, in your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ADB" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Macro</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ADF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Macros</emph> list box, open the %PRODUCTNAME Scripts entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ADF" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Macros</emph> list box, open the %PRODUCTNAME Scripts entry.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see entries for share (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), user (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph">You see entries for share (scripts in the share directory of your %PRODUCTNAME installation), user (scripts in the user directory), and the current document. Open any one of them to see the supported scripting languages.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEB" role="paragraph">Open any scripting language entry to see the available scripts. Select any script.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEF" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Existing macros in</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEF" role="paragraph">A list of the script functions will appear in the <emph>Existing macros in</emph> list box. Select any function.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF7" role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10798" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a hyperlink</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10798" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a hyperlink</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Position the cursor inside the hyperlink. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079C" role="paragraph">Position the cursor inside the hyperlink. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B15" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B15" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Events</emph> button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B21" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B21" role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079F" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a graphic</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079F" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a graphic</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A3" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the graphic in your document. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A3" role="paragraph">Select the graphic in your document. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B3B" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Macro</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B3B" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Image - Macro</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B3F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B3F" role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A6" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a form control</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A6" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a form control</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AA" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Insert a form control, for example a button: Open the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon, drag open a button on your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AA" role="paragraph">Insert a form control, for example a button: Open the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon, drag open a button on your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B59" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">With the form control selected, click <emph>Control</emph> on the Form Controls toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B59" role="paragraph">With the form control selected, click <emph>Control</emph> on the Form Controls toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B5D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B5D" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B61" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B61" role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To assign a script to a control in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a control in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B1" role="paragraph">Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B7F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click the control, then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B7F" role="paragraph">Right-click the control, then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B87" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B87" role="paragraph">Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B8B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B8B" role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp index 40a74b3338..56f31d4015 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp @@ -40,23 +40,23 @@ <bookmark_value>protected hyphens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exchanging, see also replacing</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="30"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp" name="Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp" name="Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="61">Non-breaking spaces</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Non-breaking spaces</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline> and the Shift key when you type a space between the words.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id5749687" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="62">Non-breaking hyphen</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press Shift+Ctrl+ minus sign. In other words, hold down the Shift and Ctrl keys and press the minus key.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="65">Replacing hyphens by dashes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id5749687" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Non-breaking hyphen</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press Shift+Ctrl+ minus sign. In other words, hold down the Shift and Ctrl keys and press the minus key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replacing hyphens by dashes</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">In order to enter dashes, you can find under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> the <emph>Replace dashes</emph> option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="AutoCorrect Options">AutoCorrect Options</link>).</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph> <emph>- </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Replace"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="63">Soft hyphen</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="60">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Soft hyphen</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+minus sign. The word is separated at this position when it is at the end of the line, even if automatic hyphenation for this paragraph is switched off.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special characters">Special characters</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special characters">Special characters</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formattingmark"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp index cc80ef9ceb..12275cf25d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <bookmark_value>faxes; fax programs/fax printers under UNIX</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printers; faxes under UNIX</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="341" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="1"><variable id="spadmin"><link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp" name="Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms">Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms</link> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="spadmin"><link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp" name="Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms">Setting up Printer and Fax Under UNIX Based Platforms</link> </variable></paragraph> <section id="chapter_body"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159876" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">%PRODUCTNAME uses the installed fonts of your system. In a text document you can select from all printable fonts. In an HTML document or in Web layout, only fonts that are visible on screen are offered. In spreadsheets and drawings you can select from all installed fonts.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159876" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME uses the installed fonts of your system. In a text document you can select from all printable fonts. In an HTML document or in Web layout, only fonts that are visible on screen are offered. In spreadsheets and drawings you can select from all installed fonts.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="296">Changing Printer Settings</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156284" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing Printer Settings</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156284" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154270" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="138">On the <emph>Paper</emph> tab page, you can define the paper format and paper tray to be used as the default settings for this printer.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154270" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Paper</emph> tab page, you can define the paper format and paper tray to be used as the default settings for this printer.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="265">On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "grayscale" under <emph>Color</emph>, otherwise choose "color". If switching to grayscale leads to unfavorable results, you can also select "color" under <emph>Color</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colors are described as well as the PostScript level.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "grayscale" under <emph>Color</emph>, otherwise choose "color". If switching to grayscale leads to unfavorable results, you can also select "color" under <emph>Color</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colors are described as well as the PostScript level.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147346" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="140"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Selecting a Default Printer </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147346" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Selecting a Default Printer </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145769" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">To make the printer selected from the <emph>Installed printers</emph> list box the default printer, double-click its name or click the <emph>Default</emph> button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145769" xml-lang="en-US">To make the printer selected from the <emph>Installed printers</emph> list box the default printer, double-click its name or click the <emph>Default</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150644" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="343" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154204" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="141">Using Fax Functionality</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148463" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="52">If you have installed fax4CUPS on your computer you can send faxes with the $[officename] software.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150826" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="304">A dialog prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="305">In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150517" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="84">Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialog select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then select the <emph>Single print jobs</emph> check box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E" oldref="344" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150644" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154204" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using Fax Functionality</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148463" xml-lang="en-US">If you have installed fax4CUPS on your computer you can send faxes with the $[officename] software.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150826" xml-lang="en-US">A dialog prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150517" xml-lang="en-US">Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialog select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then select the <emph>Single print jobs</emph> check box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> </section> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp index 9ff9837631..3abbc7f6a0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp @@ -39,39 +39,39 @@ <bookmark_value>templates;editing and saving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting;templates</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="36"><variable id="standard_template"><link href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp" name="Changing Default Templates">Changing Default Templates</link> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="standard_template"><link href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp" name="Changing Default Templates">Changing Default Templates</link> </variable></paragraph> <section id="text"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Modifying Default Templates</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modifying Default Templates</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">First, open either an existing $[officename] template and modify it, or open a new document and edit it as necessary to create the desired template.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US">First, open either an existing $[officename] template and modify it, or open a new document and edit it as necessary to create the desired template.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159152" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can define a document template for each $[officename] module. The following describes how to proceed for text documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159152" xml-lang="en-US">You can define a document template for each $[officename] module. The following describes how to proceed for text documents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Save the document by choosing <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph> and saving the document in the <emph>My Templates</emph> category.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US">Save the document by choosing <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph> and saving the document in the <emph>My Templates</emph> category.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154011" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154011" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="11">Double-click <emph>My Templates</emph> in the list. You will see the user-defined templates in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph>. Select the template you have just saved.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click <emph>My Templates</emph> in the list. You will see the user-defined templates in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph>. Select the template you have just saved.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146901" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Set as default</emph>. The next time you open a new text document, the new document will be based on the new default template.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146901" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Set as default</emph>. The next time you open a new text document, the new document will be based on the new default template.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153764" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Using Custom Templates</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150386" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">There are several ways to make your work easier by using your own custom templates. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="15">Templates in the Template Folder</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146918" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">You can save a new template with <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph> or by selecting "Template" file type in any Save dialog. Save the template in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> to be able to access the template from within the <emph>File - New - Templates</emph> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147343" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To open the template for editing, choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>, select the template and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153764" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using Custom Templates</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150386" xml-lang="en-US">There are several ways to make your work easier by using your own custom templates. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Templates in the Template Folder</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146918" xml-lang="en-US">You can save a new template with <emph>File - Templates - Save As Template</emph> or by selecting "Template" file type in any Save dialog. Save the template in the user directory specified under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> to be able to access the template from within the <emph>File - New - Templates</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147343" xml-lang="en-US">To open the template for editing, choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>, select the template and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button.</paragraph> </section> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147315" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="37"><link href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp" name="Templates">Templates</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147315" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01110000.xhp" name="Templates">Templates</link></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> </case> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp index 75a9617690..40d579c2f8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/start_parameters.xhp @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ </tablecell> <tablecell> <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3155081" xml-lang="en-US">Prints the following files to the printer <emph>{Printername}</emph> and ends. The splash screen does not appear.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153655" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153655" xml-lang="en-US">If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id20161204010513716" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">If used multiple times, only last <emph>{Printername}</emph> is effective for all documents of all <emph>--pt</emph> runs.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2016120401061890" role="tablecontent" xml-lang="en-US">Also, <emph>--printer-name</emph> argument of <emph>--print-to-file</emph> switch interferes with <emph>{Printername}</emph>.</paragraph> </tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp index be364d1234..01e700b491 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/help" id="bm_id0820200802550235" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/extensions" id="bm_id0820200802550236" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/all_recent" id="bm_id0820200802550238" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0820200802524447" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0820200802524447" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803204063" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Welcome to %PRODUCTNAME. +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803204063" role="paragraph">Welcome to %PRODUCTNAME. Thank you for using the %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">application help</link>. Press F1 whenever you need help using the %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802524413" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see the Start Center when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802524413" role="paragraph">You see the Start Center when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. It is divided into two panes. <ahelp hid=".">Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.</ahelp> </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/writer_all" id="bm_id1022200910564632" localize="false"/> @@ -49,40 +49,40 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/impress_all" id="bm_id102220091057270" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/database_all" id="bm_id102220091057437" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/math_all" id="bm_id1022200910575575" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104810" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid=".">The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104810" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.</ahelp></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104978" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104978" role="paragraph"> <emph>Text Document</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/swriter/main0000.xhp">Writer</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104998" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104998" role="paragraph"> <emph>Spreadsheet</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/scalc/main0000.xhp">Calc</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104927" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104927" role="paragraph"> <emph>Presentation</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/simpress/main0000.xhp">Impress</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104948" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803104948" role="paragraph"> <emph>Drawing</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/sdraw/main0000.xhp">Draw</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105089" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105089" role="paragraph"> <emph>Database</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/main.xhp">Base</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105015" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105015" role="paragraph"> <emph>Formula</emph> opens %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp">Math</link></paragraph> </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/templates_all" id="bm_id1022200910584084" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1022200911011855" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105045" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Templates</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">Templates and Documents</link> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1022200911011855" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200803105045" role="paragraph">The <emph>Templates</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">Templates and Documents</link> dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/startcenter/open_all" id="bm_id1022200910595546" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1022200911011975" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id082020080310500" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <emph>Open a document</emph> icon presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialog.</paragraph><comment>the four icons show a short explanation already</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802525413" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The right pane contains thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened. Hover your mouse over the thumbnail to highlight the document, display a tip about the document location and display an icon on the top right to delete the thumbnail from the pane and from the recent files list. Click on the thumbnail to open the document underneath.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="warning" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802626413" l10n="NEW">Not every file type will display a thumbnail image of its content. Instead, you may see a large icon used by your computer for that filetype.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1022200911011975" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id082020080310500" role="paragraph">The <emph>Open a document</emph> icon presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialog.</paragraph><comment>the four icons show a short explanation already</comment> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802525413" role="paragraph">The right pane contains thumbnails of the most recent documents you opened. Hover your mouse over the thumbnail to highlight the document, display a tip about the document location and display an icon on the top right to delete the thumbnail from the pane and from the recent files list. Click on the thumbnail to open the document underneath.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="warning" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0820200802626413">Not every file type will display a thumbnail image of its content. Instead, you may see a large icon used by your computer for that filetype.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp index d04fd72196..c101009e82 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp @@ -42,102 +42,102 @@ <bookmark_value>rulers; measurement units</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>measurement units; changing on rulers</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "text;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="20"><variable id="tabs"><link href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Tab Stops">Inserting and Editing Tab Stops</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="tabs"><link href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Tab Stops">Inserting and Editing Tab Stops</link> </variable></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"> </case> <default> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1376079" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">On the horizontal ruler you can see the tab stops for the current paragraph. If you want to change the tab stops, you should first consider the scope to which you want to change tab stops as follows:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1376079" xml-lang="en-US">On the horizontal ruler you can see the tab stops for the current paragraph. If you want to change the tab stops, you should first consider the scope to which you want to change tab stops as follows:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9434492" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Change the default tab stops for all documents: Use the menu <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9434492" xml-lang="en-US">Change the default tab stops for all documents: Use the menu <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id274971" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Change the tab stops for all paragraphs using the current Paragraph Style: Right-click the paragraph to open the context menu, choose <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>, click <emph>Tabs</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id274971" xml-lang="en-US">Change the tab stops for all paragraphs using the current Paragraph Style: Right-click the paragraph to open the context menu, choose <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>, click <emph>Tabs</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5199133" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Change the tab stops for one or more paragraphs: Select the paragraphs, then click inside the ruler.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5199133" xml-lang="en-US">Change the tab stops for one or more paragraphs: Select the paragraphs, then click inside the ruler.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6178167" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">In the following, you find instructions for all above mentioned tasks.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can set a tab stop by clicking on the ruler or by selecting <emph>Format - Paragraph - Tabs.</emph> Both methods affect the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click the ruler once to set a left-justified tab. Right-click a tab icon on the ruler to see the context menu in which you can change the tab type.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="29">To set several decimal tabs one after the other, keep clicking the icon to the left of the ruler until the desired tab type is shown, then click on the ruler.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6178167" xml-lang="en-US">In the following, you find instructions for all above mentioned tasks.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">You can set a tab stop by clicking on the ruler or by selecting <emph>Format - Paragraph - Tabs.</emph> Both methods affect the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155136" xml-lang="en-US">Click the ruler once to set a left-justified tab. Right-click a tab icon on the ruler to see the context menu in which you can change the tab type.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">To set several decimal tabs one after the other, keep clicking the icon to the left of the ruler until the desired tab type is shown, then click on the ruler.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154860"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">Selection</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US">Selection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153254" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Description:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3153254" xml-lang="en-US">Description:</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3145609" src="res/helpimg/swh00177.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Setting left tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US">Setting left tabs</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3150541" src="res/helpimg/swh00178.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Setting right tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Setting right tabs</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3153192" src="res/helpimg/swh00179.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3153192" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">Setting decimal tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US">Setting decimal tabs</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150440" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="E"> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3150440" xml-lang="en-US"> <image id="img_id3149560" src="res/helpimg/swh00180.png" width="0.2228inch" height="0.2228inch"><alt id="alt_id3149560" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153091" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">Setting centered tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153091" xml-lang="en-US">Setting centered tabs</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154150" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154145" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="12">Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="21">Moving Tabs on the Ruler</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154150" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154145" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Moving Tabs on the Ruler</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145264" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="22">Move individual tab stops on the ruler using the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145264" xml-lang="en-US">Move individual tab stops on the ruler using the mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159156" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">To move several tab stops on the ruler, press the Shift key before you click a tab. Drag one tab while continuing to press Shift to move that tab as well as all the tabs to the right of it. The spacing between those tabs remains the same.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159156" xml-lang="en-US">To move several tab stops on the ruler, press the Shift key before you click a tab. Drag one tab while continuing to press Shift to move that tab as well as all the tabs to the right of it. The spacing between those tabs remains the same.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147349" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="23">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147349" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you drag a tab on the ruler to move that tab and all the tabs to the right of it. This results in the spacing between those tabs changing proportionally to their distance from the margin.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="24">Changing the Properties of Tabs</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145646" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To change tab type, click the tab you want to change on the ruler, then right-click to open the context menu.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="25">Deleting Tabs</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148879" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To delete a tab, hold down the mouse button while you drag the tab outside the ruler.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing the Properties of Tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145646" xml-lang="en-US">To change tab type, click the tab you want to change on the ruler, then right-click to open the context menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Deleting Tabs</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148879" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a tab, hold down the mouse button while you drag the tab outside the ruler.</paragraph> </default> </switch> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151074" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="26">Changing the Defaults</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151059" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="14">If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151074" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing the Defaults</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151059" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link> </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link> </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Drawing - General">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link> </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Presentation - General">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link> @@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ <case select="CALC"> </case> <default> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146972" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#kontextmenue" name="context menu">context menu</link> of the ruler allows you to change the displayed units of measurement. These changes are only valid until you exit $[officename], and they only apply to the ruler on whose context menu you made the change. If you want to change the ruler measurement units permanently, choose <emph>Tools - Options - [Document type] - View</emph> and change the measurement unit there.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146972" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#kontextmenue" name="context menu">context menu</link> of the ruler allows you to change the displayed units of measurement. These changes are only valid until you exit $[officename], and they only apply to the ruler on whose context menu you made the change. If you want to change the ruler measurement units permanently, choose <emph>Tools - Options - [Document type] - View</emph> and change the measurement unit there.</paragraph> </default> </switch> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148429" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="30"><link href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp" name="Ruler">Ruler</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148429" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/main0213.xhp" name="Ruler">Ruler</link></paragraph> </section> </case> </switch> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp index e7f1784286..3d588687bc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp @@ -32,19 +32,18 @@ <bookmark_value>colors; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts;colors</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added two entries from text/shared/01/05020200.xhp and deleted "colors;fill format"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156014" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="42"><variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Color of Text">Changing the Color of Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156014" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Color of Text">Changing the Color of Text</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3152801"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3159233" src="cmd/sc_color.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3159233">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152781" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">Font Color</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152781" role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> @@ -52,21 +51,21 @@ <table id="tbl_id3146797"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154897" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154897" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id3150503" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150503">Icon</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149795"><bookmark_value>paint can symbol</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149795" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149795" role="paragraph">The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="paragraph">The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="43"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font color">Font color</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font color">Font color</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp index 6d8d01c6bb..fee788bd9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp @@ -34,32 +34,32 @@ <bookmark_value>overwrite mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>insert mode for entering text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="textmode_change"><link href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp" name="Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode">Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="textmode_change"><link href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp" name="Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode">Switching Between Insert Mode and Overwrite Mode</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">With the keyboard:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Press Insert to toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode. The current mode is displayed on the Status Bar.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> The text cursor must be enabled in the cell or in the input line. +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">With the keyboard:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">Press Insert to toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode. The current mode is displayed on the Status Bar.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> The text cursor must be enabled in the cell or in the input line. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">With the mouse:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">On the Status Bar, click on the area indicating the current mode in order to switch to the other mode:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">With the mouse:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">On the Status Bar, click on the area indicating the current mode in order to switch to the other mode:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6"> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>INSRT</emph> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154307" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Insert mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking vertical line. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154307" xml-lang="en-US">Insert mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking vertical line. </caseinline></switchinline>Click on the area to enable the overwrite mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8"> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>OVER</emph> </paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="9">The overwrite mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking block. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">The overwrite mode is enabled. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The text cursor is a blinking block. </caseinline></switchinline>Click on the area to enable insert mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10"><link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp" name="Keyboard commands">Keyboard commands</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154346" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp" name="Keyboard commands">Keyboard commands</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp index 7db86846fb..4a37f37608 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "removing;..."</comment> <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1067F" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="undo_formatting"><link href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp">Undoing Direct Formatting for a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">You can undo all formatting that has not been made by styles in a few steps.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US">You can undo all formatting that has not been made by styles in a few steps.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Writer Document</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Writer Document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063F" xml-lang="en-US">Press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+A</item> to select the whole text.</paragraph> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10643" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="CHG">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US">While pressing the Shift key click the first and then the last sheet tab to select all sheets.</paragraph> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Presentation</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10665" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">Click the <emph>Outline</emph> tab to open outline view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10665" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Outline</emph> tab to open outline view.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3906674" xml-lang="en-US">Press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+A</item> to select the whole text.</paragraph> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107B0" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp">Undo Options</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107B0" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01011000.xhp">Undo Options</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp index 6e87a876fa..cce4d22b24 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ <bookmark_value>build numbers of $[officename]</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copyright for $[officename]</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="version_number"><link href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp" name="Versions and Build Numbers">Versions and Build Numbers</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="version_number"><link href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp" name="Versions and Build Numbers">Versions and Build Numbers</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialog containing information about the program.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialog containing information about the program.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="3"><link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/about-us/credits/">See lists of code and Wiki contributors</link> on the LibreOffice website.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/about-us/credits/">See lists of code and Wiki contributors</link> on the LibreOffice website.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp index 307583190c..5bc8d566bb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp @@ -35,30 +35,30 @@ <bookmark_value>files;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;file properties</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152594" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="viewing_file_properties"><variable id="viewing"><link href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp" name="Viewing File Properties">Viewing File Properties</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152594" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="viewing_file_properties"><variable id="viewing"><link href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp" name="Viewing File Properties">Viewing File Properties</link> </variable> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog </caseinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="3">To view file properties for the current document:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To view file properties for the current document:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="5">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select a file in the list.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">Select a file in the list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp index 2784530001..4c69243fba 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp @@ -34,24 +34,23 @@ <bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;work directory</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>work --> working, i85615</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" - oldref="2"><variable id="workfolder"><link href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp" name="Changing Your Working Directory">Changing Your Working Directory</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="workfolder"><link href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp" name="Changing Your Working Directory">Changing Your Working Directory</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph">When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153681" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153681" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163802" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163802" role="listitem">Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153880" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153880" role="listitem">In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths - Images</emph>, then follow step 3.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph">You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths - Images</emph>, then follow step 3.</paragraph> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp" name="Paths">Paths</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp" name="Paths">Paths</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp index 2a988daffa..5f37fbe230 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp @@ -42,57 +42,57 @@ <bookmark_value>opening;XForms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>MW made a cross-reference of "XML Forms" and made a two level entry of "XForms"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form Documents (XForms)</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/">http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E5" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp">XML Form Documents (XForms)</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/">http://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</link>.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10746" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Working with XForms</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The Design Mode for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10774" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW" localize="false"><comment>What's the role of UBL?</comment><comment>We do not officially support exporting to XHTML - but should be possible using XSLT</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10746" role="heading" level="2">Working with XForms</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The Design Mode for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074D" role="paragraph">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10774" role="paragraph" localize="false"><comment>What's the role of UBL?</comment><comment>We do not officially support exporting to XHTML - but should be possible using XSLT</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="heading" level="2">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10714" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The XForms design window opens in an empty Writer document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070D" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10714" role="paragraph">The XForms design window opens in an empty Writer document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Design your form.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10718" role="paragraph">Design your form.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Insert a control, select the default model in the property browser, and enter a binding statement.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071E" role="paragraph">Insert a control, select the default model in the property browser, and enter a binding statement.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10722" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the data navigator, add an element to the instance.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10722" role="paragraph">In the data navigator, add an element to the instance.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10726" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10726" role="paragraph">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10729" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10729" role="heading" level="2">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10730" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10730" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="heading" level="2">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073B" role="paragraph">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design toolbar</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0226.xhp">Form Design toolbar</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10757" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls toolbar</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10757" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Form Controls toolbar</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075F" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp">Data Navigator</link></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075B" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link></paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10848" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW" localize="false"><comment>UFI: currently only StarOffice can render and evaluate our XForms docs. Mozilla has announced a planned support recently. There may be plugins for other browsers. Should we tell the user?</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10848" role="paragraph" localize="false"><comment>UFI: currently only StarOffice can render and evaluate our XForms docs. Mozilla has announced a planned support recently. There may be plugins for other browsers. Should we tell the user?</comment></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp index 023c03a7f1..23f6720aa8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp @@ -36,29 +36,29 @@ <bookmark_value>XSLT filters, see also XML filters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw moved 2 index entries to the new file xsltfilter_distribute.xhp and 2 entries to new file xsltfilter_create.xhp</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10923" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10923" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10927" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">%PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093A" role="note" l10n="NEW">To create an XML filter, you must have a good understanding of XML and XSLT concepts. These concepts are beyond the scope of this help.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An XML filter contains <emph>stylesheets</emph> that are written in the XSLT language. The stylesheets define the transformation from the OpenDocument file format to another XML format through export and import filters. There are three types of XML filters:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10927" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093A" role="note">To create an XML filter, you must have a good understanding of XML and XSLT concepts. These concepts are beyond the scope of this help.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093D" role="paragraph">An XML filter contains <emph>stylesheets</emph> that are written in the XSLT language. The stylesheets define the transformation from the OpenDocument file format to another XML format through export and import filters. There are three types of XML filters:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10947" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10947" role="paragraph"> <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10960" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10960" role="paragraph"> <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10979" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10979" role="paragraph"> <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B39" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/Style/XSL/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible <emph>Stylesheet</emph> Language (XSL)</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible Markup Language (XML)</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D97" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/> </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6426892" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating and Testing XML filters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B39" role="paragraph"><link href="http://www.w3.org/Style/XSL/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible <emph>Stylesheet</emph> Language (XSL)</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4E" role="paragraph"><link href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">World Wide Web Consortium Pages on Extensible Markup Language (XML)</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D97" role="paragraph" localize="false" > <embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp#xmlformat"/> </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6426892" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating and Testing XML filters</link></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp index e0a6a6c5e9..a461099b39 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp @@ -36,107 +36,107 @@ <bookmark_value>XML filters;creating/testing</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp, then changed "XML filters;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1413922" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1413922" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109A9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109B0" role="tip" l10n="NEW">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="http://xml.openoffice.org/">http://xml.openoffice.org/</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109C5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10531" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053D" role="heading" level="2">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109A9" role="paragraph">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109B0" role="tip">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="http://xml.openoffice.org/">http://xml.openoffice.org/</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109C5" role="paragraph">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10531" role="heading" level="2">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E0" role="paragraph">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E8" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create a template that assigns %PRODUCTNAME styles to elements in the external XML format when you import a file in this format into %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E8" role="paragraph">Create a template that assigns %PRODUCTNAME styles to elements in the external XML format when you import a file in this format into %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109EC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, create a text document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109EC" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME Writer, create a text document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109F4" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109F4" role="paragraph">Click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109FC" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109FC" role="paragraph">In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A03" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Filter Name</emph> box, enter a name for the XML filter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CA1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A03" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Filter Name</emph> box, enter a name for the XML filter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CA1" role="paragraph">This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A09" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Application</emph> box, select the %PRODUCTNAME application that the filter is for.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A09" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Application</emph> box, select the %PRODUCTNAME application that the filter is for.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A0F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Name of File Type</emph> box, enter the file type that the filter is for.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CC6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A0F" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Name of File Type</emph> box, enter the file type that the filter is for.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10CC6" role="paragraph">This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A15" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>File extension</emph> box, enter the extension for the exported file.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1B" role="note" l10n="NEW">To differentiate the file from other XML files, enter an extension other than *.xml.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A15" role="paragraph">In the <emph>File extension</emph> box, enter the extension for the exported file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1B" role="note">To differentiate the file from other XML files, enter an extension other than *.xml.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="6"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page, define the transformation properties for the filter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A1F" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page, define the transformation properties for the filter.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A26" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>DocType</emph> box, enter the document type identifier for the external file format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D0E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">This identifier is used to detect the file type on import.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A26" role="paragraph">(Optional) In the <emph>DocType</emph> box, enter the document type identifier for the external file format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10D0E" role="paragraph">This identifier is used to detect the file type on import.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A32" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for export</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from OpenDocument format to the external format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A32" role="paragraph">In the <emph>XSLT for export</emph> box, enter the path and file name of the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from OpenDocument format to the external format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A38" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>XSLT for import</emph> box, enter the path and file name to the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from the external format to OpenDocument format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A38" role="paragraph">In the <emph>XSLT for import</emph> box, enter the path and file name to the XSLT stylesheet that defines the transformation from the external format to OpenDocument format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A3E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">(Optional) In the <emph>Template for import</emph> box, enter the path and name of the template that defines the %PRODUCTNAME styles that are used in the imported file.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A44" role="note" l10n="NEW">The files that are specified on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page are copied to the local %PRODUCTNAME users directory.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A3E" role="paragraph">(Optional) In the <emph>Template for import</emph> box, enter the path and name of the template that defines the %PRODUCTNAME styles that are used in the imported file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A44" role="note">The files that are specified on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page are copied to the local %PRODUCTNAME users directory.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="7"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A4C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A4C" role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A5A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A91" role="note" l10n="NEW">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="heading" level="2">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A5A" role="paragraph">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A91" role="note">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A60" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Create or open a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A60" role="paragraph">Create or open a text document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A67" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A67" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A6F" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">In the list of filters, select the filter that you want to test, and click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A6F" role="paragraph">In the list of filters, select the filter that you want to test, and click <emph>Test XSLTs</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A82" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A82" role="paragraph">To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DEB" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Browse</emph>, select the %PRODUCTNAME document that you want to test, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DEB" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Browse</emph>, select the %PRODUCTNAME document that you want to test, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DF7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test the current document, click <emph>Current Document</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10DF7" role="paragraph">To test the current document, click <emph>Current Document</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A99" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A99" role="paragraph">To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8579668" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8579668" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5569017" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing XML filters</link></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp index bcdb1ec665..63c9eb4258 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp @@ -38,41 +38,41 @@ <bookmark_value>installing;XML filters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp and added 2 entries</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABC" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABC" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC0" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC3" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACD" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC0" role="paragraph">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC3" role="heading" level="2">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACD" role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACA" role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD9" role="paragraph">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE0" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEA" role="note" l10n="NEW">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE0" role="heading" level="2">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEA" role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE7" role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF6" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10535" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10535" role="heading" level="2">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0A" role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the filter you want to delete and click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B19" role="paragraph">Select the filter you want to delete and click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6011841" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6011841" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp">About XML Filters</link></paragraph> </section> </body> |